|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 /*
|
|
|
17 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
|
|
|
18 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID. It is the index in
|
|
|
19 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
|
|
|
20 */
|
|
|
21 struct hl_group
|
|
|
22 {
|
|
|
23 char_u *sg_name; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
24 char_u *sg_name_u; /* uppercase of sg_name */
|
|
|
25 /* for normal terminals */
|
|
|
26 int sg_term; /* "term=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
27 char_u *sg_start; /* terminal string for start highl */
|
|
|
28 char_u *sg_stop; /* terminal string for stop highl */
|
|
|
29 int sg_term_attr; /* Screen attr for term mode */
|
|
|
30 /* for color terminals */
|
|
|
31 int sg_cterm; /* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
|
|
|
32 int sg_cterm_bold; /* bold attr was set for light color */
|
|
|
33 int sg_cterm_fg; /* terminal fg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
34 int sg_cterm_bg; /* terminal bg color number + 1 */
|
|
|
35 int sg_cterm_attr; /* Screen attr for color term mode */
|
|
|
36 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
37 /* for when using the GUI */
|
|
|
38 int sg_gui; /* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
|
|
|
39 guicolor_T sg_gui_fg; /* GUI foreground color handle */
|
|
|
40 char_u *sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
|
|
|
41 guicolor_T sg_gui_bg; /* GUI background color handle */
|
|
|
42 char_u *sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
|
|
|
43 GuiFont sg_font; /* GUI font handle */
|
|
|
44 #ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
45 GuiFontset sg_fontset; /* GUI fontset handle */
|
|
|
46 #endif
|
|
|
47 char_u *sg_font_name; /* GUI font or fontset name */
|
|
|
48 int sg_gui_attr; /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
|
|
|
49 #endif
|
|
|
50 int sg_link; /* link to this highlight group ID */
|
|
|
51 int sg_set; /* combination of SG_* flags */
|
|
|
52 };
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
54 #define SG_TERM 1 /* term has been set */
|
|
|
55 #define SG_CTERM 2 /* cterm has been set */
|
|
|
56 #define SG_GUI 4 /* gui has been set */
|
|
|
57 #define SG_LINK 8 /* link has been set */
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 static garray_T highlight_ga; /* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
61 #define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
64 static int include_default = FALSE; /* include "default" for expansion */
|
|
|
65 static int include_link = FALSE; /* include "link" for expansion */
|
|
|
66 #endif
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
68 /*
|
|
|
69 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
|
|
|
70 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
|
|
|
71 */
|
|
|
72 static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
|
|
|
73 {"bold", "standout", "underline", "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
|
|
|
74 static int hl_attr_table[] =
|
|
|
75 {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 static int get_attr_entry __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
|
|
|
78 static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
79 static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
80 static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
81 static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
|
|
|
82 static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
83 static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
|
|
|
84 static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
|
|
|
85 static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
88 static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
89 static int set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
90 static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
91 static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
92 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
93 static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
|
|
|
94 # endif
|
|
|
95 static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
|
|
|
96 #endif
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
98 /*
|
|
|
99 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
|
|
|
100 */
|
|
|
101 #define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
105 #define SYN_NAMELEN 50 /* maximum length of a syntax name */
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
107 /* different types of offsets that are possible */
|
|
|
108 #define SPO_MS_OFF 0 /* match start offset */
|
|
|
109 #define SPO_ME_OFF 1 /* match end offset */
|
|
|
110 #define SPO_HS_OFF 2 /* highl. start offset */
|
|
|
111 #define SPO_HE_OFF 3 /* highl. end offset */
|
|
|
112 #define SPO_RS_OFF 4 /* region start offset */
|
|
|
113 #define SPO_RE_OFF 5 /* region end offset */
|
|
|
114 #define SPO_LC_OFF 6 /* leading context offset */
|
|
|
115 #define SPO_COUNT 7
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117 static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
|
|
|
118 {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
120 /*
|
|
|
121 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
|
|
|
122 * A match item consists of one pattern.
|
|
|
123 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
|
|
|
124 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
|
|
|
125 * end patterns.
|
|
|
126 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
|
|
|
127 *
|
|
|
128 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
|
|
|
129 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
|
|
|
130 */
|
|
|
131 typedef struct syn_pattern
|
|
|
132 {
|
|
|
133 char sp_type; /* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
|
|
|
134 char sp_syncing; /* this item used for syncing */
|
|
|
135 short sp_flags; /* see HL_ defines below */
|
|
|
136 struct sp_syn sp_syn; /* struct passed to in_id_list() */
|
|
|
137 short sp_syn_match_id; /* highlight group ID of pattern */
|
|
|
138 char_u *sp_pattern; /* regexp to match, pattern */
|
|
|
139 regprog_T *sp_prog; /* regexp to match, program */
|
|
|
140 int sp_ic; /* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
|
|
|
141 short sp_off_flags; /* see below */
|
|
|
142 int sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT]; /* offsets */
|
|
|
143 short *sp_cont_list; /* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
144 short *sp_next_list; /* next group IDs, if non-zero */
|
|
|
145 int sp_sync_idx; /* sync item index (syncing only) */
|
|
|
146 int sp_line_id; /* ID of last line where tried */
|
|
|
147 int sp_startcol; /* next match in sp_line_id line */
|
|
|
148 } synpat_T;
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 /* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
|
|
|
151 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
|
|
|
152 * offset from the end of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
|
|
|
153 * When both are present, only one is used.
|
|
|
154 */
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
156 #define SPTYPE_MATCH 1 /* match keyword with this group ID */
|
|
|
157 #define SPTYPE_START 2 /* match a regexp, start of item */
|
|
|
158 #define SPTYPE_END 3 /* match a regexp, end of item */
|
|
|
159 #define SPTYPE_SKIP 4 /* match a regexp, skip within item */
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
161 #define HL_CONTAINED 0x01 /* not used on toplevel */
|
|
|
162 #define HL_TRANSP 0x02 /* has no highlighting */
|
|
|
163 #define HL_ONELINE 0x04 /* match within one line only */
|
|
|
164 #define HL_HAS_EOL 0x08 /* end pattern that matches with $ */
|
|
|
165 #define HL_SYNC_HERE 0x10 /* sync point after this item (syncing only) */
|
|
|
166 #define HL_SYNC_THERE 0x20 /* sync point at current line (syncing only) */
|
|
|
167 #define HL_MATCH 0x40 /* use match ID instead of item ID */
|
|
|
168 #define HL_SKIPNL 0x80 /* nextgroup can skip newlines */
|
|
|
169 #define HL_SKIPWHITE 0x100 /* nextgroup can skip white space */
|
|
|
170 #define HL_SKIPEMPTY 0x200 /* nextgroup can skip empty lines */
|
|
|
171 #define HL_KEEPEND 0x400 /* end match always kept */
|
|
|
172 #define HL_EXCLUDENL 0x800 /* exclude NL from match */
|
|
|
173 #define HL_DISPLAY 0x1000 /* only used for displaying, not syncing */
|
|
|
174 #define HL_FOLD 0x2000 /* define fold */
|
|
|
175 #define HL_EXTEND 0x4000 /* ignore a keepend */
|
|
|
176 /* These don't fit in a short, thus can't be used for syntax items, only for
|
|
|
177 * si_flags and bs_flags. */
|
|
|
178 #define HL_MATCHCONT 0x8000 /* match continued from previous line */
|
|
|
179 #define HL_TRANS_CONT 0x10000L /* transparent item without contains arg */
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 #define SYN_ITEMS(buf) ((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
183 #define NONE_IDX -2 /* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */
|
|
|
184
|
|
|
185 /*
|
|
|
186 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
|
|
|
187 */
|
|
|
188 #define SF_CCOMMENT 0x01 /* sync on a C-style comment */
|
|
|
189 #define SF_MATCH 0x02 /* sync by matching a pattern */
|
|
|
190
|
|
|
191 #define SYN_STATE_P(ssp) ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
193 /*
|
|
|
194 * Settings for keyword hash table. It uses a simplistic hash function: add
|
|
|
195 * all characters together, modulo KHASH_SIZE.
|
|
|
196 */
|
|
|
197 #define KHASH_SIZE 512
|
|
|
198 #define KHASH_MASK (KHASH_SIZE - 1)
|
|
|
199 #define MAXKEYWLEN 80 /* maximum length of a keyword */
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
201 /*
|
|
|
202 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
|
|
|
203 */
|
|
|
204 static int current_attr = 0; /* attr of current syntax word */
|
|
|
205 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
206 static int current_id = 0; /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
|
|
|
207 static int current_trans_id = 0; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
208 #endif
|
|
|
209
|
|
|
210 struct syn_cluster
|
|
|
211 {
|
|
|
212 char_u *scl_name; /* syntax cluster name */
|
|
|
213 char_u *scl_name_u; /* uppercase of scl_name */
|
|
|
214 short *scl_list; /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
|
|
|
215 };
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
217 /*
|
|
|
218 * Methods of combining two clusters
|
|
|
219 */
|
|
|
220 #define CLUSTER_REPLACE 1 /* replace first list with second */
|
|
|
221 #define CLUSTER_ADD 2 /* add second list to first */
|
|
|
222 #define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT 3 /* subtract second list from first */
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 #define SYN_CLSTR(buf) ((struct syn_cluster *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 /*
|
|
|
227 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
|
|
|
228 * 0 - 9999 normal syntax groups
|
|
|
229 * 10000 - 14999 ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
230 * 15000 - 19999 TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
231 * 20000 - 24999 CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
|
|
|
232 * >= 25000 cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
|
|
|
233 */
|
|
|
234 #define SYNID_ALLBUT 10000 /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
|
|
|
235 #define SYNID_TOP 15000 /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
|
|
|
236 #define SYNID_CONTAINED 20000 /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
|
|
|
237 #define SYNID_CLUSTER 25000 /* first syntax group ID for clusters */
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
239 /*
|
|
|
240 * Annoying Hack(TM): ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
|
|
|
241 * expand_filename(). Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
|
|
|
242 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
|
|
|
243 */
|
|
|
244 static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 /*
|
|
|
247 * Another Annoying Hack(TM): To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
|
|
|
248 * files from from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
|
|
|
249 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
250 */
|
|
|
251 static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
252 static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 /*
|
|
|
255 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
|
|
|
256 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present. When "-1", there is no
|
|
|
257 * "keepend" on the stack.
|
|
|
258 */
|
|
|
259 static int keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 /*
|
|
|
262 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
|
|
|
263 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
|
|
|
264 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
|
|
|
265 */
|
|
|
266 typedef struct state_item
|
|
|
267 {
|
|
|
268 int si_idx; /* index of syntax pattern */
|
|
|
269 int si_id; /* highlight group ID for keywords */
|
|
|
270 int si_trans_id; /* idem, transparancy removed */
|
|
|
271 int si_m_lnum; /* lnum of the match */
|
|
|
272 int si_m_startcol; /* starting column of the match */
|
|
|
273 lpos_T si_m_endpos; /* just after end posn of the match */
|
|
|
274 lpos_T si_h_startpos; /* start position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
275 lpos_T si_h_endpos; /* end position of the highlighting */
|
|
|
276 lpos_T si_eoe_pos; /* end position of end pattern */
|
|
|
277 int si_end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern or zero */
|
|
|
278 int si_ends; /* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
|
|
|
279 int si_attr; /* attributes in this state */
|
|
|
280 long si_flags; /* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
|
|
|
281 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
|
|
|
282 short *si_cont_list; /* list of contained groups */
|
|
|
283 short *si_next_list; /* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
|
|
|
284 reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch; /* \z(...\) matches from start
|
|
|
285 * pattern */
|
|
|
286 } stateitem_T;
|
|
|
287
|
|
|
288 #define KEYWORD_IDX -1 /* value of si_idx for keywords */
|
|
|
289 #define ID_LIST_ALL (short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
|
|
|
290 but contained groups */
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 /*
|
|
|
293 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
|
|
|
294 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
|
|
|
295 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
|
|
|
296 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
|
|
|
297 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
|
|
|
298 */
|
|
|
299 static int next_match_col; /* column for start of next match */
|
|
|
300 static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos; /* position for end of next match */
|
|
|
301 static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos; /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
|
|
|
302 static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos; /* pos. for highl. end of next match */
|
|
|
303 static int next_match_idx; /* index of matched item */
|
|
|
304 static long next_match_flags; /* flags for next match */
|
|
|
305 static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos; /* end of start pattn (start region) */
|
|
|
306 static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos; /* pos. for end of end pattern */
|
|
|
307 static int next_match_end_idx; /* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
|
|
|
308 static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
310 /*
|
|
|
311 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
|
|
|
312 * garray_T. A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
|
|
|
313 */
|
|
|
314 #define INVALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
|
|
|
315 #define VALID_STATE(ssp) ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)
|
|
|
316
|
|
|
317 /*
|
|
|
318 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
|
|
|
319 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
|
|
|
320 */
|
|
|
321 static win_T *syn_win; /* current window for highlighting */
|
|
|
322 static buf_T *syn_buf; /* current buffer for highlighting */
|
|
|
323 static linenr_T current_lnum = 0; /* lnum of current state */
|
|
|
324 static colnr_T current_col = 0; /* column of current state */
|
|
|
325 static int current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
|
|
|
326 * after setting current_finished */
|
|
|
327 static int current_finished = 0; /* current line has been finished */
|
|
|
328 static garray_T current_state /* current stack of state_items */
|
|
|
329 = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
330 static short *current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
|
|
|
331 static int current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
|
|
|
332 static int current_line_id = 0; /* unique number for current line */
|
|
|
333
|
|
|
334 #define CUR_STATE(idx) ((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
336 static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
|
|
|
337 static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
338 static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
339 static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
|
|
|
340 static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
341 static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
342 static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((buf_T *buf, synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
343 static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
344 static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
345 static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
|
|
|
346 static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
347 static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
|
|
|
348 static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
349 static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
|
|
|
350 static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying));
|
|
|
351 static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
|
|
|
352 static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
353 static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
354 static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
355 static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
356 static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
|
|
|
357 static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
|
|
|
358 static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
|
|
|
359 static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
|
|
|
360 static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
|
|
|
363 static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
|
|
|
364 static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
367 static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
|
|
|
368 static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
369 static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
|
|
|
370 static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
371 static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
|
|
|
372 static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si));
|
|
|
373 static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
374 static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
375 static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int idx));
|
|
|
376 static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
377 static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int i));
|
|
|
378 static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
379 static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
|
|
|
380 static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
381 static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
382 static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
383 static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
384 static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
385 static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
|
|
|
386 static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
387 static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
388 static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
389 static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
|
|
|
390 static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
|
|
|
391 static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
|
|
|
392 static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
|
|
|
393 static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, keyentry_T **ktabp, int did_header, int attr));
|
|
|
394 static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, keyentry_T **ktabp));
|
|
|
395 static void free_keywtab __ARGS((keyentry_T **ktabp));
|
|
|
396 static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list));
|
|
|
397 static int syn_khash __ARGS((char_u *p));
|
|
|
398 static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
|
|
|
399 static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, int *flagsp, int keyword, int *sync_idx, short **cont_list, short **cont_in_list, short **next_list));
|
|
|
400 static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
401 static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
402 static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
403 static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
404 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
405 static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
406 #else
|
|
|
407 static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
|
|
|
408 #endif
|
|
|
409 static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
410 static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
411 static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
|
|
|
412 static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
|
|
|
413 static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
|
|
|
414 static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
415 static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
|
|
|
416 static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
|
|
|
417 static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
|
|
|
418 static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
|
|
|
419 static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 /*
|
|
|
422 * Start the syntax recognition for a line. This function is normally called
|
|
|
423 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
|
|
|
424 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
|
|
|
425 * it. Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
|
|
|
426 * window.
|
|
|
427 */
|
|
|
428 void
|
|
|
429 syntax_start(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
430 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
431 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
432 {
|
|
|
433 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
434 synstate_T *last_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
435 synstate_T *last_min_valid = NULL;
|
|
|
436 synstate_T *sp, *prev;
|
|
|
437 linenr_T parsed_lnum;
|
|
|
438 linenr_T first_stored;
|
|
|
439 int dist;
|
|
|
440
|
|
|
441 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 /*
|
|
|
444 * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
|
|
|
445 */
|
|
|
446 if (syn_buf != wp->w_buffer)
|
|
|
447 {
|
|
|
448 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
449 syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
450 }
|
|
|
451 syn_win = wp;
|
|
|
452
|
|
|
453 /*
|
|
|
454 * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
|
|
|
455 */
|
|
|
456 syn_stack_alloc();
|
|
|
457 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
458 goto theend; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
459 syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
461 /*
|
|
|
462 * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
|
|
|
463 */
|
|
|
464 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state)
|
|
|
465 && current_lnum < lnum
|
|
|
466 && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
467 {
|
|
|
468 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
469 if (!current_state_stored)
|
|
|
470 {
|
|
|
471 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
472 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
473 }
|
|
|
474
|
|
|
475 /*
|
|
|
476 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
|
|
|
477 * state (this happens very often!). Otherwise invalidate
|
|
|
478 * current_state and figure it out below.
|
|
|
479 */
|
|
|
480 if (current_lnum != lnum)
|
|
|
481 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
482 }
|
|
|
483 else
|
|
|
484 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 /*
|
|
|
487 * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
488 * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
|
|
|
489 */
|
|
|
490 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state) && syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
491 {
|
|
|
492 /* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
|
|
|
493 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
494 {
|
|
|
495 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
496 break;
|
|
|
497 if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
498 {
|
|
|
499 last_valid = p;
|
|
|
500 if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines)
|
|
|
501 last_min_valid = p;
|
|
|
502 }
|
|
|
503 }
|
|
|
504 if (last_min_valid != NULL)
|
|
|
505 load_current_state(last_min_valid);
|
|
|
506 }
|
|
|
507
|
|
|
508 /*
|
|
|
509 * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
|
|
|
510 * re-synchronize.
|
|
|
511 */
|
|
|
512 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
513 {
|
|
|
514 syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
|
|
|
515 first_stored = current_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines;
|
|
|
516 }
|
|
|
517 else
|
|
|
518 first_stored = current_lnum;
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
520 /*
|
|
|
521 * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
|
|
|
522 * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
|
|
|
523 */
|
|
|
524 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
525 prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
526 while (current_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
527 {
|
|
|
528 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
529 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
530 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
532 /* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
|
|
|
533 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
|
|
|
534 if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
|
|
|
535 {
|
|
|
536 /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
|
|
|
537 * equal to the current state. If so, then validate all saved
|
|
|
538 * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
|
|
|
539 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
540 sp = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
541 else
|
|
|
542 sp = prev->sst_next;
|
|
|
543 if (sp != NULL
|
|
|
544 && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
545 && syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
546 {
|
|
|
547 parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
548 prev = sp;
|
|
|
549 while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
|
|
|
550 {
|
|
|
551 if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
552 /* valid state before desired line, use this one */
|
|
|
553 prev = sp;
|
|
|
554 else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
|
|
|
555 /* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
|
|
|
556 break;
|
|
|
557 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
558 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
559 }
|
|
|
560 load_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
561 }
|
|
|
562 /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
|
|
|
563 * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
|
|
|
564 * saved state. But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
|
|
|
565 else if (prev == NULL
|
|
|
566 || current_lnum == lnum
|
|
|
567 || current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
|
|
|
568 prev = store_current_state(prev);
|
|
|
569 }
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. The current
|
|
|
572 * state will be wrong then. */
|
|
|
573 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
574 if (got_int)
|
|
|
575 {
|
|
|
576 current_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
577 break;
|
|
|
578 }
|
|
|
579 }
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 theend:
|
|
|
584 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
585 }
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
587 /*
|
|
|
588 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
|
|
|
589 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
|
|
|
590 */
|
|
|
591 static void
|
|
|
592 clear_syn_state(p)
|
|
|
593 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
594 {
|
|
|
595 int i;
|
|
|
596 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
|
|
|
601 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
602 unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
603 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
604 }
|
|
|
605 else
|
|
|
606 {
|
|
|
607 for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
|
|
|
608 unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
609 }
|
|
|
610 }
|
|
|
611
|
|
|
612 /*
|
|
|
613 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
|
|
|
614 */
|
|
|
615 static void
|
|
|
616 clear_current_state()
|
|
|
617 {
|
|
|
618 int i;
|
|
|
619 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
620
|
|
|
621 sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
|
|
|
622 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
|
|
|
623 unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
|
|
|
624 ga_clear(¤t_state);
|
|
|
625 }
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 /*
|
|
|
628 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
|
|
|
629 *
|
|
|
630 * This sets current_lnum and the current state. One of three methods is
|
|
|
631 * used:
|
|
|
632 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
|
|
|
633 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
634 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
|
|
|
635 */
|
|
|
636 static void
|
|
|
637 syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
|
|
|
638 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
639 linenr_T start_lnum;
|
|
|
640 synstate_T *last_valid;
|
|
|
641 {
|
|
|
642 buf_T *curbuf_save;
|
|
|
643 win_T *curwin_save;
|
|
|
644 pos_T cursor_save;
|
|
|
645 int idx;
|
|
|
646 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
647 linenr_T end_lnum;
|
|
|
648 linenr_T break_lnum;
|
|
|
649 int had_sync_point;
|
|
|
650 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
651 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
652 char_u *line;
|
|
|
653 int found_flags = 0;
|
|
|
654 int found_match_idx = 0;
|
|
|
655 linenr_T found_current_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
656 int found_current_col= 0;
|
|
|
657 lpos_T found_m_endpos;
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
659 /*
|
|
|
660 * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
|
|
|
661 */
|
|
|
662 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
663
|
|
|
664 /*
|
|
|
665 * Start at least "minlines" back. Default starting point for parsing is
|
|
|
666 * there.
|
|
|
667 * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
|
|
|
668 * resyncing for every line. Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
|
|
|
669 * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
|
|
|
670 * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
|
|
|
671 */
|
|
|
672 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
|
|
|
673 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
674 else
|
|
|
675 {
|
|
|
676 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
|
|
|
677 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
678 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
|
|
|
679 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
|
|
|
680 else
|
|
|
681 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
|
|
|
682 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
683 && lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
684 lnum = syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
685 if (lnum >= start_lnum)
|
|
|
686 start_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
687 else
|
|
|
688 start_lnum -= lnum;
|
|
|
689 }
|
|
|
690 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 /*
|
|
|
693 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
|
|
|
694 */
|
|
|
695 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
696 {
|
|
|
697 /* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
|
|
|
698 * use find_start_comment(). */
|
|
|
699 curwin_save = curwin;
|
|
|
700 curwin = wp;
|
|
|
701 curbuf_save = curbuf;
|
|
|
702 curbuf = syn_buf;
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
704 /*
|
|
|
705 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
|
|
|
706 */
|
|
|
707 for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
|
|
|
708 {
|
|
|
709 line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
|
|
|
710 if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
|
|
|
711 break;
|
|
|
712 }
|
|
|
713 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
715 /* set cursor to start of search */
|
|
|
716 cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
|
|
|
717 wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
718 wp->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 /*
|
|
|
721 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
|
|
|
722 * defines the comment.
|
|
|
723 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
|
|
|
724 */
|
|
|
725 if (find_start_comment((int)syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
|
|
|
726 {
|
|
|
727 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
728 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_syn.id == syn_buf->b_syn_sync_id
|
|
|
729 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
730 {
|
|
|
731 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
732 if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
|
|
|
733 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
734 break;
|
|
|
735 }
|
|
|
736 }
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
738 /* restore cursor and buffer */
|
|
|
739 wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
|
|
|
740 curwin = curwin_save;
|
|
|
741 curbuf = curbuf_save;
|
|
|
742 }
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
744 /*
|
|
|
745 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
|
|
|
746 */
|
|
|
747 else if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
|
|
|
748 {
|
|
|
749 if (syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
|
|
|
750 && start_lnum > syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
751 break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
|
|
|
752 else
|
|
|
753 break_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
754
|
|
|
755 end_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
756 lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
757 while (--lnum > break_lnum)
|
|
|
758 {
|
|
|
759 /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
|
|
|
760 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
761 if (got_int)
|
|
|
762 {
|
|
|
763 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
764 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
765 break;
|
|
|
766 }
|
|
|
767
|
|
|
768 /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
|
|
|
769 if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
770 {
|
|
|
771 load_current_state(last_valid);
|
|
|
772 break;
|
|
|
773 }
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 /*
|
|
|
776 * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
|
|
|
777 */
|
|
|
778 if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
|
|
|
779 continue;
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
781 /*
|
|
|
782 * Start with nothing on the state stack
|
|
|
783 */
|
|
|
784 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
|
|
|
787 {
|
|
|
788 syn_start_line();
|
|
|
789 for (;;)
|
|
|
790 {
|
|
|
791 had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
|
|
|
792 /*
|
|
|
793 * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
|
|
|
794 * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
|
|
|
795 */
|
|
|
796 if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
797 {
|
|
|
798 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
799 if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
|
|
|
800 {
|
|
|
801 /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
|
|
|
802 current_lnum = end_lnum;
|
|
|
803 break;
|
|
|
804 }
|
|
|
805 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]);
|
|
|
806 found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
807 found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
|
|
|
808 found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
809 found_current_col = current_col;
|
|
|
810 found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
811 /*
|
|
|
812 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
|
|
|
813 * match).
|
|
|
814 */
|
|
|
815 if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
816 {
|
|
|
817 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
818 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
819 if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
|
|
|
820 break;
|
|
|
821 }
|
|
|
822 else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
|
|
|
823 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
824 else
|
|
|
825 ++current_col;
|
|
|
826
|
|
|
827 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
|
|
|
828 * an item that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
|
829 ++current_col;
|
|
|
830 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
831 --current_col;
|
|
|
832 }
|
|
|
833 else
|
|
|
834 break;
|
|
|
835 }
|
|
|
836 }
|
|
|
837
|
|
|
838 /*
|
|
|
839 * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
|
|
|
840 */
|
|
|
841 if (found_flags)
|
|
|
842 {
|
|
|
843 /*
|
|
|
844 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
|
|
|
845 * state stack. If there was no item specified, make the
|
|
|
846 * state stack empty.
|
|
|
847 */
|
|
|
848 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
849 if (found_match_idx >= 0
|
|
|
850 && push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
851 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 /*
|
|
|
854 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
|
|
|
855 * match, until the end of the line. Parsing starts at
|
|
|
856 * the next line.
|
|
|
857 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
|
|
|
858 */
|
|
|
859 if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
860 {
|
|
|
861 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
862 {
|
|
|
863 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
864 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
|
|
|
865 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
|
|
|
866 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
867 check_keepend();
|
|
|
868 }
|
|
|
869 current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
|
|
|
870 current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
|
|
|
871 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
872 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
873 }
|
|
|
874 else
|
|
|
875 current_lnum = start_lnum;
|
|
|
876
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878 }
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 end_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
881 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
882 }
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
884 /* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
|
|
|
885 if (lnum <= break_lnum)
|
|
|
886 {
|
|
|
887 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
888 current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
|
|
|
889 }
|
|
|
890 }
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
892 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
893 }
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 /*
|
|
|
896 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
|
|
|
897 */
|
|
|
898 static int
|
|
|
899 syn_match_linecont(lnum)
|
|
|
900 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
901 {
|
|
|
902 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
904 if (syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
|
|
|
905 {
|
|
|
906 regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_ic;
|
|
|
907 regmatch.regprog = syn_buf->b_syn_linecont_prog;
|
|
|
908 return syn_regexec(®match, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
|
|
|
909 }
|
|
|
910 return FALSE;
|
|
|
911 }
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
913 /*
|
|
|
914 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
|
|
|
915 */
|
|
|
916 static void
|
|
|
917 syn_start_line()
|
|
|
918 {
|
|
|
919 current_finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
920 current_col = 0;
|
|
|
921
|
|
|
922 /*
|
|
|
923 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
924 * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
|
|
|
925 */
|
|
|
926 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
927 syn_update_ends(TRUE);
|
|
|
928
|
|
|
929 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
930 ++current_line_id;
|
|
|
931 }
|
|
|
932
|
|
|
933 /*
|
|
|
934 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
|
|
|
935 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
|
|
|
936 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
|
|
|
937 */
|
|
|
938 static void
|
|
|
939 syn_update_ends(startofline)
|
|
|
940 int startofline;
|
|
|
941 {
|
|
|
942 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
943 int i;
|
|
|
944
|
|
|
945 if (startofline)
|
|
|
946 {
|
|
|
947 /* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
|
|
|
948 * contained region. The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
|
|
|
949 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
950 {
|
|
|
951 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
952 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
953 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
|
|
|
954 == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
955 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
|
|
|
956 {
|
|
|
957 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
|
|
|
958 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
959 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
|
|
|
960 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
961 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
962 }
|
|
|
963 }
|
|
|
964 }
|
|
|
965
|
|
|
966 /*
|
|
|
967 * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
|
|
|
968 * previous line. And regions that have "keepend", because they may
|
|
|
969 * influence contained items.
|
|
|
970 * Then check for items ending in column 0.
|
|
|
971 */
|
|
|
972 i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
973 if (keepend_level >= 0)
|
|
|
974 for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
975 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
976 break;
|
|
|
977 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
978 {
|
|
|
979 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
980 if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
981 || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
|
|
|
982 {
|
|
|
983 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* start highl. in col 0 */
|
|
|
984 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
986 if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
|
|
|
987 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);
|
|
|
988 }
|
|
|
989 }
|
|
|
990 check_keepend();
|
|
|
991 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
992 }
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
994 /****************************************
|
|
|
995 * Handling of the state stack cache.
|
|
|
996 */
|
|
|
997
|
|
|
998 /*
|
|
|
999 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
|
|
|
1000 *
|
|
|
1001 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
|
|
|
1002 * lines is cached. These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
|
|
|
1003 *
|
|
|
1004 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer. There is a list of
|
|
|
1005 * valid entries. b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
|
|
|
1006 * The entries are sorted on line number. The first entry is often for line 2
|
|
|
1007 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
|
|
|
1008 * There is also a list for free entries. This construction is used to avoid
|
|
|
1009 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
|
|
|
1010 *
|
|
|
1011 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*. When calling
|
|
|
1012 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
|
|
|
1013 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
|
|
|
1014 * entries. The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
|
|
|
1015 * because they must be recomputed. Entries below the changed have their line
|
|
|
1016 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
|
|
|
1017 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
|
|
|
1018 * the cached entry.
|
|
|
1019 *
|
|
|
1020 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line. Displayed
|
|
|
1021 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
|
|
|
1022 * start of the line is needed.
|
|
|
1023 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines. These
|
|
|
1024 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards. The distance between
|
|
|
1025 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer. For small buffers
|
|
|
1026 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
|
|
|
1027 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
|
|
|
1028 */
|
|
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 /*
|
|
|
1031 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
|
|
|
1032 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
|
|
|
1033 */
|
|
|
1034 void
|
|
|
1035 syn_stack_free_all(buf)
|
|
|
1036 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1037 {
|
|
|
1038 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1039 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1040
|
|
|
1041 if (buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1042 {
|
|
|
1043 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1044 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1045 vim_free(buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1046 buf->b_sst_array = NULL;
|
|
|
1047 buf->b_sst_len = 0;
|
|
|
1048 }
|
|
|
1049 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1050 /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
|
|
|
1051 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
|
1052 {
|
|
|
1053 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
|
|
|
1054 foldUpdateAll(wp);
|
|
|
1055 }
|
|
|
1056 #endif
|
|
|
1057 }
|
|
|
1058
|
|
|
1059 /*
|
|
|
1060 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
|
|
|
1061 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
|
|
|
1062 * small, reallocate it.
|
|
|
1063 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
|
|
|
1064 */
|
|
|
1065 static void
|
|
|
1066 syn_stack_alloc()
|
|
|
1067 {
|
|
|
1068 long len;
|
|
|
1069 synstate_T *to, *from;
|
|
|
1070 synstate_T *sstp;
|
|
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1073 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1074 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1075 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1076 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1077 if (syn_buf->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_buf->b_sst_len < len)
|
|
|
1078 {
|
|
|
1079 /* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
|
|
|
1080 len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1081 len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
|
|
|
1082 if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1083 len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1084 else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
|
|
|
1085 len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
|
|
|
1086
|
|
|
1087 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1088 {
|
|
|
1089 /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
|
|
|
1090 * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
|
|
|
1091 while (syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
|
|
|
1092 && syn_stack_cleanup())
|
|
|
1093 ;
|
|
|
1094 if (len < syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2)
|
|
|
1095 len = syn_buf->b_sst_len - syn_buf->b_sst_freecount + 2;
|
|
|
1096 }
|
|
|
1097
|
|
|
1098 sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
|
|
|
1099 if (sstp == NULL) /* out of memory! */
|
|
|
1100 return;
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 to = sstp - 1;
|
|
|
1103 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array != NULL)
|
|
|
1104 {
|
|
|
1105 /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
|
|
|
1106 for (from = syn_buf->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
|
|
|
1107 from = from->sst_next)
|
|
|
1108 {
|
|
|
1109 ++to;
|
|
|
1110 *to = *from;
|
|
|
1111 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1112 }
|
|
|
1113 }
|
|
|
1114 if (to != sstp - 1)
|
|
|
1115 {
|
|
|
1116 to->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1117 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sstp;
|
|
|
1118 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
|
|
|
1119 }
|
|
|
1120 else
|
|
|
1121 {
|
|
|
1122 syn_buf->b_sst_first = NULL;
|
|
|
1123 syn_buf->b_sst_freecount = len;
|
|
|
1124 }
|
|
|
1125
|
|
|
1126 /* Create the list of free entries. */
|
|
|
1127 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
|
|
|
1128 while (++to < sstp + len)
|
|
|
1129 to->sst_next = to + 1;
|
|
|
1130 (sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;
|
|
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 vim_free(syn_buf->b_sst_array);
|
|
|
1133 syn_buf->b_sst_array = sstp;
|
|
|
1134 syn_buf->b_sst_len = len;
|
|
|
1135 }
|
|
|
1136 }
|
|
|
1137
|
|
|
1138 /*
|
|
|
1139 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states. Uses the
|
|
|
1140 * b_mod_* fields.
|
|
|
1141 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
|
|
|
1142 * displayed buffer.
|
|
|
1143 */
|
|
|
1144 void
|
|
|
1145 syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
|
|
|
1146 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1147 {
|
|
|
1148 synstate_T *p, *prev, *np;
|
|
|
1149 linenr_T n;
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 if (buf->b_sst_array == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
1152 return;
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1155 for (p = buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
|
|
|
1156 {
|
|
|
1157 if (p->sst_lnum + syn_buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1158 {
|
|
|
1159 n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1160 if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1161 {
|
|
|
1162 /* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
|
|
|
1163 np = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1164 if (prev == NULL)
|
|
|
1165 buf->b_sst_first = np;
|
|
|
1166 else
|
|
|
1167 prev->sst_next = np;
|
|
|
1168 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p);
|
|
|
1169 p = np;
|
|
|
1170 continue;
|
|
|
1171 }
|
|
|
1172 /* This state is below the changed area. Remember the line
|
|
|
1173 * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
|
|
|
1174 * again. */
|
|
|
1175 if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1176 {
|
|
|
1177 if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
|
|
|
1178 p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
|
|
|
1179 else
|
|
|
1180 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
|
|
|
1181 }
|
|
|
1182 if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
|
|
|
1183 || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
|
|
|
1184 p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;
|
|
|
1185
|
|
|
1186 p->sst_lnum = n;
|
|
|
1187 }
|
|
|
1188 prev = p;
|
|
|
1189 p = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1190 }
|
|
|
1191 }
|
|
|
1192
|
|
|
1193 /*
|
|
|
1194 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
|
|
|
1195 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
|
|
|
1196 */
|
|
|
1197 static int
|
|
|
1198 syn_stack_cleanup()
|
|
|
1199 {
|
|
|
1200 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1201 disptick_T tick;
|
|
|
1202 int above;
|
|
|
1203 int dist;
|
|
|
1204 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1205
|
|
|
1206 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_buf->b_sst_first == NULL)
|
|
|
1207 return retval;
|
|
|
1208
|
|
|
1209 /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
|
|
|
1210 dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_buf->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
|
|
|
1211
|
|
|
1212 /*
|
|
|
1213 * Go throught the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
|
|
|
1214 * be removed. Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
|
|
|
1215 * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
|
|
|
1216 */
|
|
|
1217 tick = syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick;
|
|
|
1218 above = FALSE;
|
|
|
1219 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1220 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1221 {
|
|
|
1222 if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1223 {
|
|
|
1224 if (p->sst_tick > syn_buf->b_sst_lasttick)
|
|
|
1225 {
|
|
|
1226 if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1227 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1228 above = TRUE;
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
|
|
|
1231 tick = p->sst_tick;
|
|
|
1232 }
|
|
|
1233 }
|
|
|
1234
|
|
|
1235 /*
|
|
|
1236 * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
|
|
|
1237 * interval of several lines.
|
|
|
1238 */
|
|
|
1239 prev = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1240 for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1241 {
|
|
|
1242 if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
|
|
|
1243 {
|
|
|
1244 /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
|
|
|
1245 prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1246 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, p);
|
|
|
1247 p = prev;
|
|
|
1248 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250 }
|
|
|
1251 return retval;
|
|
|
1252 }
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 /*
|
|
|
1255 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
|
|
|
1256 * Move the entry into the free list.
|
|
|
1257 */
|
|
|
1258 static void
|
|
|
1259 syn_stack_free_entry(buf, p)
|
|
|
1260 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1261 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1262 {
|
|
|
1263 clear_syn_state(p);
|
|
|
1264 p->sst_next = buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1265 buf->b_sst_firstfree = p;
|
|
|
1266 ++buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1267 }
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269 /*
|
|
|
1270 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
|
|
|
1271 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
|
|
|
1272 */
|
|
|
1273 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1274 syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
|
|
|
1275 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 synstate_T *p, *prev;
|
|
|
1278
|
|
|
1279 prev = NULL;
|
|
|
1280 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1281 {
|
|
|
1282 if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1283 return p;
|
|
|
1284 if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
|
|
|
1285 break;
|
|
|
1286 }
|
|
|
1287 return prev;
|
|
|
1288 }
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 /*
|
|
|
1291 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
|
|
|
1292 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
|
|
|
1293 */
|
|
|
1294 static synstate_T *
|
|
|
1295 store_current_state(sp)
|
|
|
1296 synstate_T *sp; /* at or before where state is to be saved or
|
|
|
1297 NULL */
|
|
|
1298 {
|
|
|
1299 int i;
|
|
|
1300 synstate_T *p;
|
|
|
1301 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1302 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1305 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1306
|
|
|
1307 /*
|
|
|
1308 * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
|
|
|
1309 * from the previous line, we can't use it. Don't store it then.
|
|
|
1310 */
|
|
|
1311 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
1312 {
|
|
|
1313 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
1314 if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1315 || cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1316 || cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
|
|
|
1317 || (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
1318 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
|
|
|
1319 break;
|
|
|
1320 }
|
|
|
1321 if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
1322 {
|
|
|
1323 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1324 {
|
|
|
1325 /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
|
|
|
1326 if (syn_buf->b_sst_first == sp)
|
|
|
1327 /* it's the first entry */
|
|
|
1328 syn_buf->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1329 else
|
|
|
1330 {
|
|
|
1331 /* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
|
|
|
1332 for (p = syn_buf->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
|
|
|
1333 if (p->sst_next == sp)
|
|
|
1334 break;
|
|
|
1335 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1336 }
|
|
|
1337 syn_stack_free_entry(syn_buf, sp);
|
|
|
1338 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1339 }
|
|
|
1340 }
|
|
|
1341 else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
|
|
|
1342 {
|
|
|
1343 /*
|
|
|
1344 * Add a new entry
|
|
|
1345 */
|
|
|
1346 /* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
|
|
|
1347 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1348 {
|
|
|
1349 (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
|
|
|
1350 /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
|
|
|
1351 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
|
|
|
1352 }
|
|
|
1353 /* Still no free items? Must be a strange problem... */
|
|
|
1354 if (syn_buf->b_sst_freecount == 0)
|
|
|
1355 sp = NULL;
|
|
|
1356 else
|
|
|
1357 {
|
|
|
1358 /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
|
|
|
1359 * list, after *sp */
|
|
|
1360 p = syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree;
|
|
|
1361 syn_buf->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
|
|
|
1362 --syn_buf->b_sst_freecount;
|
|
|
1363 if (sp == NULL)
|
|
|
1364 {
|
|
|
1365 /* Insert in front of the list */
|
|
|
1366 p->sst_next = syn_buf->b_sst_first;
|
|
|
1367 syn_buf->b_sst_first = p;
|
|
|
1368 }
|
|
|
1369 else
|
|
|
1370 {
|
|
|
1371 /* insert in list after *sp */
|
|
|
1372 p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1373 sp->sst_next = p;
|
|
|
1374 }
|
|
|
1375 sp = p;
|
|
|
1376 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1377 sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1378 }
|
|
|
1379 }
|
|
|
1380 if (sp != NULL)
|
|
|
1381 {
|
|
|
1382 /* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
|
|
|
1383 clear_syn_state(sp);
|
|
|
1384 sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1385 if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1386 {
|
|
|
1387 /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
|
|
|
1388 * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
|
|
|
1389 ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
|
|
|
1390 if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1391 sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
|
|
|
1392 else
|
|
|
1393 {
|
|
|
1394 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1395 sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_room -= current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1396 }
|
|
|
1397 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1398 }
|
|
|
1399 else
|
|
|
1400 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1401 for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1402 {
|
|
|
1403 bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
|
|
|
1404 bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
|
|
|
1405 bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
1406 }
|
|
|
1407 sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
|
|
|
1408 sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
|
|
|
1409 sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
|
|
|
1410 sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1411 }
|
|
|
1412 current_state_stored = TRUE;
|
|
|
1413 return sp;
|
|
|
1414 }
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 /*
|
|
|
1417 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
|
|
|
1418 */
|
|
|
1419 static void
|
|
|
1420 load_current_state(from)
|
|
|
1421 synstate_T *from;
|
|
|
1422 {
|
|
|
1423 int i;
|
|
|
1424 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1425
|
|
|
1426 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1427 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1428 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1429 if (from->sst_stacksize
|
|
|
1430 && ga_grow(¤t_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
|
|
|
1431 {
|
|
|
1432 if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1433 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1434 else
|
|
|
1435 bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1436 for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
|
|
|
1437 {
|
|
|
1438 CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
|
|
|
1439 CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
|
|
|
1440 CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
|
|
|
1441 if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
1442 keepend_level = i;
|
|
|
1443 CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
1444 CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1445 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
1446 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
|
|
|
1447 (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
|
|
|
1448 else
|
|
|
1449 CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1450 update_si_attr(i);
|
|
|
1451 }
|
|
|
1452 current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
|
|
|
1453 current_state.ga_room -= current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
1454 }
|
|
|
1455 current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
|
|
|
1456 current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
|
|
|
1457 current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
|
|
|
1458 }
|
|
|
1459
|
|
|
1460 /*
|
|
|
1461 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
|
|
|
1462 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
|
|
|
1463 */
|
|
|
1464 static int
|
|
|
1465 syn_stack_equal(sp)
|
|
|
1466 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1467 {
|
|
|
1468 int i, j;
|
|
|
1469 bufstate_T *bp;
|
|
|
1470 reg_extmatch_T *six, *bsx;
|
|
|
1471
|
|
|
1472 /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
|
|
|
1473 if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
|
|
|
1474 && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
|
|
|
1475 {
|
|
|
1476 /* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
|
|
|
1477 if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
|
|
|
1478 bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
|
|
|
1479 else
|
|
|
1480 bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
|
|
|
1481
|
|
|
1482 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
|
|
|
1485 if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
|
|
|
1486 break;
|
|
|
1487 if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
|
|
|
1488 {
|
|
|
1489 /* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
|
|
|
1490 * them can still be the same. Check if the extmatch
|
|
|
1491 * references are equal. */
|
|
|
1492 bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
|
|
|
1493 six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
|
|
|
1494 /* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
|
|
|
1495 * different. */
|
|
|
1496 if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
|
|
|
1497 break;
|
|
|
1498 for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
|
|
|
1499 {
|
|
|
1500 /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
|
|
|
1501 * equal. */
|
|
|
1502 if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
|
|
|
1503 {
|
|
|
1504 /* If the pointer is different it can still be the
|
|
|
1505 * same text. Compare the strings, ignore case when
|
|
|
1506 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
|
|
|
1507 if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
|
|
|
1508 || six->matches[j] == NULL)
|
|
|
1509 break;
|
|
|
1510 if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
|
|
|
1511 ? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
|
|
|
1512 six->matches[j]) != 0
|
|
|
1513 : STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
|
|
|
1514 break;
|
|
|
1515 }
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517 if (j != NSUBEXP)
|
|
|
1518 break;
|
|
|
1519 }
|
|
|
1520 }
|
|
|
1521 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1522 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1523 }
|
|
|
1524 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1525 }
|
|
|
1526
|
|
|
1527 /*
|
|
|
1528 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum". If the stored state at or below
|
|
|
1529 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
|
|
|
1530 * the last parsed line.
|
|
|
1531 * The window looks like this:
|
|
|
1532 * line which changed
|
|
|
1533 * displayed line
|
|
|
1534 * displayed line
|
|
|
1535 * lnum -> line below window
|
|
|
1536 */
|
|
|
1537 void
|
|
|
1538 syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
|
|
|
1539 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1540 {
|
|
|
1541 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1542
|
|
|
1543 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1544 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
|
|
|
1545 sp = sp->sst_next;
|
|
|
1546
|
|
|
1547 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
1548 sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
1549 }
|
|
|
1550
|
|
|
1551 /*
|
|
|
1552 * End of handling of the state stack.
|
|
|
1553 ****************************************/
|
|
|
1554
|
|
|
1555 static void
|
|
|
1556 invalidate_current_state()
|
|
|
1557 {
|
|
|
1558 clear_current_state();
|
|
|
1559 current_state.ga_itemsize = 0; /* mark current_state invalid */
|
|
|
1560 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1561 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
1562 }
|
|
|
1563
|
|
|
1564 static void
|
|
|
1565 validate_current_state()
|
|
|
1566 {
|
|
|
1567 current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
|
|
|
1568 current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
|
|
|
1569 }
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 /*
|
|
|
1572 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
|
|
|
1573 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
|
|
|
1574 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
|
|
|
1575 */
|
|
|
1576 int
|
|
|
1577 syntax_check_changed(lnum)
|
|
|
1578 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
1579 {
|
|
|
1580 int retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
1581 synstate_T *sp;
|
|
|
1582
|
|
|
1583 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
1584
|
|
|
1585 /*
|
|
|
1586 * Check the state stack when:
|
|
|
1587 * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
|
|
|
1588 * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1589 * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
|
|
|
1590 * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
|
|
|
1591 */
|
|
|
1592 if (VALID_STATE(¤t_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
|
|
|
1593 {
|
|
|
1594 sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
|
|
|
1595 if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
|
|
|
1596 {
|
|
|
1597 /*
|
|
|
1598 * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
|
|
|
1599 * drawn)
|
|
|
1600 */
|
|
|
1601 (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
|
|
|
1602
|
|
|
1603 /*
|
|
|
1604 * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
|
|
|
1605 * the line.
|
|
|
1606 */
|
|
|
1607 if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
|
|
|
1608 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
1609
|
|
|
1610 /*
|
|
|
1611 * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
|
|
|
1612 */
|
|
|
1613 ++current_lnum;
|
|
|
1614 (void)store_current_state(NULL);
|
|
|
1615 }
|
|
|
1616 }
|
|
|
1617
|
|
|
1618 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 return retval;
|
|
|
1621 }
|
|
|
1622
|
|
|
1623 /*
|
|
|
1624 * Finish the current line.
|
|
|
1625 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
|
|
|
1626 * the line. It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
|
|
|
1627 * is valid.
|
|
|
1628 */
|
|
|
1629 static int
|
|
|
1630 syn_finish_line(syncing)
|
|
|
1631 int syncing; /* called for syncing */
|
|
|
1632 {
|
|
|
1633 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
1634
|
|
|
1635 if (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1636 {
|
|
|
1637 while (!current_finished)
|
|
|
1638 {
|
|
|
1639 (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
1640 /*
|
|
|
1641 * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
|
|
|
1642 */
|
|
|
1643 if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1644 {
|
|
|
1645 /*
|
|
|
1646 * Check for match with sync item.
|
|
|
1647 */
|
|
|
1648 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1649 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
1650 && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
|
|
|
1651 & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
|
|
|
1652 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 /* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
|
|
|
1655 * that ends here, need to do that now. */
|
|
|
1656 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1657 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
1658 --current_col;
|
|
|
1659 }
|
|
|
1660 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1661 }
|
|
|
1662 }
|
|
|
1663 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1664 }
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 /*
|
|
|
1667 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
|
|
|
1668 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
|
|
|
1669 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
|
|
|
1670 * time. It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
|
|
|
1671 * line. But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
|
|
|
1672 */
|
|
|
1673 int
|
|
|
1674 get_syntax_attr(col)
|
|
|
1675 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 int attr = 0;
|
|
|
1678
|
|
|
1679 /* check for out of memory situation */
|
|
|
1680 if (syn_buf->b_sst_array == NULL)
|
|
|
1681 return 0;
|
|
|
1682
|
|
|
1683 reg_syn = TRUE; /* let vim_regexec() know we're using syntax */
|
|
|
1684
|
|
|
1685 /* Make sure current_state is valid */
|
|
|
1686 if (INVALID_STATE(¤t_state))
|
|
|
1687 validate_current_state();
|
|
|
1688
|
|
|
1689 /*
|
|
|
1690 * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
|
|
|
1691 */
|
|
|
1692 while (current_col <= col)
|
|
|
1693 {
|
|
|
1694 attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1695 ++current_col;
|
|
|
1696 }
|
|
|
1697
|
|
|
1698 reg_syn = FALSE;
|
|
|
1699 return attr;
|
|
|
1700 }
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 /*
|
|
|
1703 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
|
|
|
1704 */
|
|
|
1705 static int
|
|
|
1706 syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying)
|
|
|
1707 int syncing; /* When 1: called for syncing */
|
|
|
1708 int displaying; /* result will be displayed */
|
|
|
1709 {
|
|
|
1710 int syn_id;
|
|
|
1711 lpos_T endpos; /* was: char_u *endp; */
|
|
|
1712 lpos_T hl_startpos; /* was: int hl_startcol; */
|
|
|
1713 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
1714 lpos_T eos_pos; /* end-of-start match (start region) */
|
|
|
1715 lpos_T eoe_pos; /* end-of-end pattern */
|
|
|
1716 int end_idx; /* group ID for end pattern */
|
|
|
1717 int idx;
|
|
|
1718 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
1719 stateitem_T *cur_si, *sip;
|
|
|
1720 int startcol;
|
|
|
1721 int endcol;
|
|
|
1722 long flags;
|
|
|
1723 short *next_list;
|
|
|
1724 int found_match; /* found usable match */
|
|
|
1725 static int try_next_column = FALSE; /* must try in next col */
|
|
|
1726 int do_keywords;
|
|
|
1727 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1728 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
1729 int lc_col;
|
|
|
1730 reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
1731 char_u *line; /* current line. NOTE: becomes invalid after
|
|
|
1732 looking for a pattern match! */
|
|
|
1733
|
|
|
1734 /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
1735 int keep_next_list;
|
|
|
1736 int zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1737 garray_T zero_width_next_ga;
|
|
|
1738
|
|
|
1739 /*
|
|
|
1740 * No character, no attributes! Past end of line?
|
|
|
1741 * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
|
|
|
1742 */
|
|
|
1743 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1744 if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
|
|
|
1745 {
|
|
|
1746 /*
|
|
|
1747 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
|
|
|
1748 */
|
|
|
1749 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
|
|
|
1750 && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
|
|
|
1751 (void)push_next_match(NULL);
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1754 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1755 return 0;
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757
|
|
|
1758 /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
|
|
|
1759 if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
|
|
|
1760 {
|
|
|
1761 current_finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
1762 current_state_stored = FALSE;
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 /*
|
|
|
1766 * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
|
|
|
1767 * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
|
|
|
1768 * the next column.
|
|
|
1769 */
|
|
|
1770 if (try_next_column)
|
|
|
1771 {
|
|
|
1772 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
1773 try_next_column = FALSE;
|
|
|
1774 }
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
|
|
|
1777 do_keywords = !syncing
|
|
|
1778 && (syn_buf->b_keywtab != NULL
|
|
|
1779 || syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic != NULL);
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist. This is used to
|
|
|
1782 * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
|
|
|
1783 ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);
|
|
|
1784
|
|
|
1785 /*
|
|
|
1786 * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
|
|
|
1787 * same column. This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
|
|
|
1788 * column.
|
|
|
1789 */
|
|
|
1790 do
|
|
|
1791 {
|
|
|
1792 found_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
1793 keep_next_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1794 syn_id = 0;
|
|
|
1795
|
|
|
1796 /*
|
|
|
1797 * 1. Check for a current state.
|
|
|
1798 * Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
|
|
|
1799 * contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
|
|
|
1800 * Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
|
|
|
1801 * "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
|
|
|
1802 */
|
|
|
1803 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
1804 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1805 else
|
|
|
1806 cur_si = NULL;
|
|
|
1807
|
|
|
1808 if (syn_buf->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1809 || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
1810 {
|
|
|
1811 /*
|
|
|
1812 * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
|
|
|
1813 * char. Don't do this when syncing.
|
|
|
1814 */
|
|
|
1815 if (do_keywords)
|
|
|
1816 {
|
|
|
1817 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
1818 if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
|
|
|
1819 && (current_col == 0
|
|
|
1820 || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
|
|
|
1821 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1822 - (has_mbyte
|
|
|
1823 ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
|
|
|
1824 : 0)
|
|
|
1825 #endif
|
|
|
1826 , syn_buf)))
|
|
|
1827 {
|
|
|
1828 syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
|
|
|
1829 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si);
|
|
|
1830 if (syn_id)
|
|
|
1831 {
|
|
|
1832 if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
|
|
|
1833 {
|
|
|
1834 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
1835 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
1836 cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1837 cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0; /* starts right away */
|
|
|
1838 cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1839 cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1840 cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
1841 cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
|
|
|
1842 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
1843 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1844 cur_si->si_flags = flags;
|
|
|
1845 cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1846 cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
|
|
|
1847 if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
|
|
|
1848 {
|
|
|
1849 if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
|
|
|
1850 {
|
|
|
1851 cur_si->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
1852 cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
1853 }
|
|
|
1854 else
|
|
|
1855 {
|
|
|
1856 cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1857 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
|
|
|
1858 cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
|
|
|
1859 current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
1860 }
|
|
|
1861 }
|
|
|
1862 else
|
|
|
1863 cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
|
|
|
1864 cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
1865 cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
1866 check_keepend();
|
|
|
1867 }
|
|
|
1868 else
|
|
|
1869 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
1870 }
|
|
|
1871 }
|
|
|
1872 }
|
|
|
1873
|
|
|
1874 /*
|
|
|
1875 * 3. Check for patterns (only if not found a keyword).
|
|
|
1876 */
|
|
|
1877 if (syn_id == 0 && syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
|
|
|
1878 {
|
|
|
1879 /*
|
|
|
1880 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
|
|
|
1881 * for any match with a pattern.
|
|
|
1882 */
|
|
|
1883 if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
|
|
|
1884 {
|
|
|
1885 /*
|
|
|
1886 * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
|
|
|
1887 * position. This is complicated, because matching with a
|
|
|
1888 * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
|
|
|
1889 * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
|
|
|
1890 */
|
|
|
1891 next_match_idx = 0; /* no match in this line yet */
|
|
|
1892 next_match_col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1893 for (idx = syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
1894 {
|
|
|
1895 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
1896 if ( spp->sp_syncing == syncing
|
|
|
1897 && (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
|
|
|
1898 && (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
|
|
|
1899 || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
1900 && (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
1901 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
|
|
|
1902 &spp->sp_syn, 0)
|
|
|
1903 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
1904 ? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
1905 : in_id_list(cur_si,
|
|
|
1906 cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
|
|
|
1907 spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
1908 {
|
|
|
1909 /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
|
|
|
1910 * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
|
|
|
1911 * this item. */
|
|
|
1912 if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
|
|
|
1913 && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1914 continue;
|
|
|
1915 spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;
|
|
|
1916
|
|
|
1917 lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
1918 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
1919 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
1920
|
|
|
1921 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
1922 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
1923 if (!syn_regexec(®match, current_lnum,
|
|
|
1924 (colnr_T)lc_col))
|
|
|
1925 {
|
|
|
1926 /* no match in this line, try another one */
|
|
|
1927 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1928 continue;
|
|
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 /*
|
|
|
1932 * Compute the first column of the match.
|
|
|
1933 */
|
|
|
1934 syn_add_start_off(&pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1935 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1936 if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
|
|
|
1937 {
|
|
|
1938 /* must have used end of match in a next line,
|
|
|
1939 * we can't handle that */
|
|
|
1940 spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1941 continue;
|
|
|
1942 }
|
|
|
1943 startcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
1944
|
|
|
1945 /* remember the next column where this pattern
|
|
|
1946 * matches in the current line */
|
|
|
1947 spp->sp_startcol = startcol;
|
|
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 /*
|
|
|
1950 * If a previously found match starts at a lower
|
|
|
1951 * column number, don't use this one.
|
|
|
1952 */
|
|
|
1953 if (startcol >= next_match_col)
|
|
|
1954 continue;
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 /*
|
|
|
1957 * If we matched this pattern at this position
|
|
|
1958 * before, skip it. Must retry in the next
|
|
|
1959 * column, because it may match from there.
|
|
|
1960 */
|
|
|
1961 if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
|
|
|
1962 {
|
|
|
1963 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
1964 continue;
|
|
|
1965 }
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
1968 endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
1969
|
|
|
1970 /* Compute the highlight start. */
|
|
|
1971 syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, ®match,
|
|
|
1972 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 /* Compute the region start. */
|
|
|
1975 /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
|
|
|
1976 syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, ®match,
|
|
|
1977 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
1978
|
|
|
1979 /*
|
|
|
1980 * Grab the external submatches before they get
|
|
|
1981 * overwritten. Reference count doesn't change.
|
|
|
1982 */
|
|
|
1983 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
1984 cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
|
|
|
1985 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
1987 flags = 0;
|
|
|
1988 eoe_pos.lnum = 0; /* avoid warning */
|
|
|
1989 eoe_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
1990 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
1991 hl_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 /*
|
|
|
1994 * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
|
|
|
1995 * same line too. Search for it after the end of
|
|
|
1996 * the match with the start pattern. Set the
|
|
|
1997 * resulting end positions at the same time.
|
|
|
1998 */
|
|
|
1999 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2000 && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2001 {
|
|
|
2002 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2004 startpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2005 find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2006 &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2007 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2008 continue; /* not found */
|
|
|
2009 }
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011 /*
|
|
|
2012 * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
|
|
|
2013 * end offset needs has been added. Except when
|
|
|
2014 * syncing.
|
|
|
2015 */
|
|
|
2016 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
2017 {
|
|
|
2018 syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2019 SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2020 syn_add_end_off(&endpos, ®match, spp,
|
|
|
2021 SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
|
|
|
2022 if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2023 && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
|
|
|
2024 {
|
|
|
2025 /*
|
|
|
2026 * If an empty string is matched, may need
|
|
|
2027 * to try matching again at next column.
|
|
|
2028 */
|
|
|
2029 if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2030 == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2031 try_next_column = TRUE;
|
|
|
2032 continue;
|
|
|
2033 }
|
|
|
2034 }
|
|
|
2035
|
|
|
2036 /*
|
|
|
2037 * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
|
|
|
2038 */
|
|
|
2039 /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
|
|
|
2040 * before endpos. */
|
|
|
2041 if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2042 && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
|
|
|
2043 hl_startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2044 limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);
|
|
|
2045
|
|
|
2046 next_match_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2047 next_match_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2048 next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2049 next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2050 next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
|
|
|
2051 next_match_flags = flags;
|
|
|
2052 next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
|
|
|
2053 next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2054 next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2055 unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2056 next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
|
|
|
2057 cur_extmatch = NULL;
|
|
|
2058 }
|
|
|
2059 }
|
|
|
2060 }
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 /*
|
|
|
2063 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
|
|
|
2064 */
|
|
|
2065 if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
|
|
|
2066 {
|
|
|
2067 synpat_T *lspp;
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
|
|
|
2070 * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
|
|
|
2071 lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2072 if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2073 && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
|
|
|
2074 && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
2075 {
|
|
|
2076 current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2077 current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2078 keep_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2079 zero_width_next_list = TRUE;
|
|
|
2080
|
|
|
2081 /* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
|
|
|
2082 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
|
|
|
2083 * endless loop). */
|
|
|
2084 if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
2085 {
|
|
|
2086 ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
|
|
|
2087 [zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
|
|
|
2088 --zero_width_next_ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2091 }
|
|
|
2092 else
|
|
|
2093 cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
|
|
|
2094 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2095 }
|
|
|
2096 }
|
|
|
2097 }
|
|
|
2098
|
|
|
2099 /*
|
|
|
2100 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
|
|
|
2101 */
|
|
|
2102 if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
|
|
|
2103 {
|
|
|
2104 /*
|
|
|
2105 * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
|
|
|
2106 * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
|
|
|
2107 * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
|
|
|
2108 */
|
|
|
2109 if (!found_match)
|
|
|
2110 {
|
|
|
2111 line = syn_getcurline();
|
|
|
2112 if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
2113 && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
|
|
|
2114 || ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
2115 && *line == NUL))
|
|
|
2116 break;
|
|
|
2117 }
|
|
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 /*
|
|
|
2120 * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
|
|
|
2121 * contained matches.
|
|
|
2122 * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
|
|
|
2123 * match.
|
|
|
2124 * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
|
|
|
2125 * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
|
|
|
2126 */
|
|
|
2127 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2128 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2129 if (!zero_width_next_list)
|
|
|
2130 found_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2131 }
|
|
|
2132
|
|
|
2133 } while (found_match);
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 /*
|
|
|
2136 * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
|
|
|
2137 * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
|
|
|
2138 */
|
|
|
2139 current_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2140 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2141 current_id = 0;
|
|
|
2142 current_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2143 #endif
|
|
|
2144 if (cur_si != NULL)
|
|
|
2145 {
|
|
|
2146 for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
|
|
|
2147 {
|
|
|
2148 sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2149 if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2150 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
|
|
|
2151 && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
|
|
|
2152 && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2153 || current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2154 || (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2155 && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2156 {
|
|
|
2157 current_attr = sip->si_attr;
|
|
|
2158 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2159 current_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2160 current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2161 #endif
|
|
|
2162 break;
|
|
|
2163 }
|
|
|
2164 }
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 /*
|
|
|
2167 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
|
|
|
2168 * next column. Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
|
|
|
2169 * single character match.
|
|
|
2170 * First check if the current state ends at the current column. It
|
|
|
2171 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
|
|
|
2172 * current column.
|
|
|
2173 */
|
|
|
2174 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
2175 {
|
|
|
2176 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2177 if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2178 {
|
|
|
2179 ++current_col;
|
|
|
2180 check_state_ends();
|
|
|
2181 --current_col;
|
|
|
2182 }
|
|
|
2183 }
|
|
|
2184 }
|
|
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipemtpy" present */
|
|
|
2187 if (current_next_list != NULL
|
|
|
2188 && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
2189 && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
|
|
|
2190 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2193 ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);
|
|
|
2194
|
|
|
2195 /* No longer need external matches. But keep next_match_extmatch. */
|
|
|
2196 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
|
|
|
2197 re_extmatch_out = NULL;
|
|
|
2198 unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
|
|
|
2199
|
|
|
2200 return current_attr;
|
|
|
2201 }
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 /*
|
|
|
2205 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
|
|
|
2206 */
|
|
|
2207 static int
|
|
|
2208 did_match_already(idx, gap)
|
|
|
2209 int idx;
|
|
|
2210 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
2211 {
|
|
|
2212 int i;
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2215 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
|
|
|
2216 && CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
|
|
|
2217 && CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
|
|
|
2218 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2219
|
|
|
2220 /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
|
|
|
2221 * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
|
|
|
2222 for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
2223 if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
|
|
|
2224 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2225
|
|
|
2226 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2227 }
|
|
|
2228
|
|
|
2229 /*
|
|
|
2230 * Push the next match onto the stack.
|
|
|
2231 */
|
|
|
2232 static stateitem_T *
|
|
|
2233 push_next_match(cur_si)
|
|
|
2234 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2235 {
|
|
|
2236 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2237
|
|
|
2238 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[next_match_idx]);
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 /*
|
|
|
2241 * Push the item in current_state stack;
|
|
|
2242 */
|
|
|
2243 if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
|
2245 /*
|
|
|
2246 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
|
|
|
2247 * much it continues in this line. Otherwise just fill in the length.
|
|
|
2248 */
|
|
|
2249 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2250 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2251 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2252 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2253 cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2254 cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
|
|
|
2255 cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
|
|
|
2256 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
|
|
|
2257 {
|
|
|
2258 /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
|
|
|
2259 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
|
|
|
2260 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2261 }
|
|
|
2262 else
|
|
|
2263 {
|
|
|
2264 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2265 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
|
|
|
2266 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2267 cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
|
|
|
2268 cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2269 cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
|
|
|
2270 }
|
|
|
2271 if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
|
|
|
2272 keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
|
|
|
2273 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2274 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 /*
|
|
|
2277 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
|
|
|
2278 * on the stack for the start pattern.
|
|
|
2279 */
|
|
|
2280 if ( spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2281 && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
|
|
|
2282 && push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
|
|
|
2283 {
|
|
|
2284 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2285 cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
|
|
|
2286 cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
|
|
|
2287 cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2288 cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2289 cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
|
|
|
2290 cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2291 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2292 cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2293 cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2294 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2295 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2296 }
|
|
|
2297 }
|
|
|
2298
|
|
|
2299 next_match_idx = -1; /* try other match next time */
|
|
|
2300
|
|
|
2301 return cur_si;
|
|
|
2302 }
|
|
|
2303
|
|
|
2304 /*
|
|
|
2305 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
|
|
|
2306 */
|
|
|
2307 static void
|
|
|
2308 check_state_ends()
|
|
|
2309 {
|
|
|
2310 stateitem_T *cur_si;
|
|
|
2311 int had_extend = FALSE;
|
|
|
2312
|
|
|
2313 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2314 for (;;)
|
|
|
2315 {
|
|
|
2316 if (cur_si->si_ends
|
|
|
2317 && (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
|
|
|
2318 || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2319 && cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
|
|
|
2320 {
|
|
|
2321 /*
|
|
|
2322 * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
|
|
|
2323 * now. No need to pop the current item from the stack.
|
|
|
2324 * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
|
|
|
2325 * position.
|
|
|
2326 */
|
|
|
2327 if (cur_si->si_end_idx
|
|
|
2328 && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
|
|
|
2329 || (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
|
|
|
2330 && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
|
|
|
2331 {
|
|
|
2332 cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
|
|
|
2333 cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2334 cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2335 cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
|
|
|
2336 cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
|
|
|
2337 update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2338 break;
|
|
|
2339 }
|
|
|
2340 else
|
|
|
2341 {
|
|
|
2342 /* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
|
|
|
2343 * "skipempty" */
|
|
|
2344 current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
|
|
|
2345 current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
|
|
|
2346 if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
|
|
|
2347 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2348 current_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 /* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
|
|
|
2351 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
|
|
|
2352 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2353 had_extend = TRUE;
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 pop_current_state();
|
|
|
2356
|
|
|
2357 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2358 break;
|
|
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 if (had_extend)
|
|
|
2361 {
|
|
|
2362 syn_update_ends(FALSE);
|
|
|
2363 if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
2364 break;
|
|
|
2365 }
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367 cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
|
|
|
2368
|
|
|
2369 /*
|
|
|
2370 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
|
|
|
2371 * the end of the contained item. If the contained match
|
|
|
2372 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
|
|
|
2373 * Don't do this when:
|
|
|
2374 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
|
|
|
2375 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
|
|
|
2376 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
|
|
|
2377 */
|
|
|
2378 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2379 && SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
|
|
|
2380 == SPTYPE_START
|
|
|
2381 && !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
|
|
|
2382 {
|
|
|
2383 update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
|
|
|
2384 check_keepend();
|
|
|
2385 if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
|
|
|
2386 && keepend_level < 0
|
|
|
2387 && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
|
|
|
2388 break;
|
|
|
2389 }
|
|
|
2390 }
|
|
|
2391 }
|
|
|
2392 else
|
|
|
2393 break;
|
|
|
2394 }
|
|
|
2395 }
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 /*
|
|
|
2398 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region. This
|
|
|
2399 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
|
|
|
2400 */
|
|
|
2401 static void
|
|
|
2402 update_si_attr(idx)
|
|
|
2403 int idx;
|
|
|
2404 {
|
|
|
2405 stateitem_T *sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
|
|
|
2406 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2407
|
|
|
2408 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx]);
|
|
|
2409 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2410 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
2411 else
|
|
|
2412 sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
|
|
|
2413 sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
|
|
|
2414 sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
|
|
|
2415 if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
|
|
|
2416 sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
2417 else
|
|
|
2418 sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;
|
|
|
2419
|
|
|
2420 /*
|
|
|
2421 * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
|
|
|
2422 * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
|
|
|
2423 * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
|
|
|
2424 */
|
|
|
2425 if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
|
|
|
2426 {
|
|
|
2427 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
2428 {
|
|
|
2429 sip->si_attr = 0;
|
|
|
2430 sip->si_trans_id = 0;
|
|
|
2431 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2432 sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
|
|
|
2433 }
|
|
|
2434 else
|
|
|
2435 {
|
|
|
2436 sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
|
|
|
2437 sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
|
|
|
2438 if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
2439 {
|
|
|
2440 sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
|
|
|
2441 sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
|
|
|
2442 }
|
|
|
2443 }
|
|
|
2444 }
|
|
|
2445 }
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 /*
|
|
|
2448 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
|
|
|
2449 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
|
|
|
2450 */
|
|
|
2451 static void
|
|
|
2452 check_keepend()
|
|
|
2453 {
|
|
|
2454 int i;
|
|
|
2455 lpos_T maxpos;
|
|
|
2456 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2457
|
|
|
2458 /*
|
|
|
2459 * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
|
|
|
2460 * there really is a keepend.
|
|
|
2461 */
|
|
|
2462 if (keepend_level < 0)
|
|
|
2463 return;
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 /*
|
|
|
2466 * Find the last index of an "extend" item. "keepend" items before that
|
|
|
2467 * won't do anything. If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
|
|
|
2468 * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
|
|
|
2469 */
|
|
|
2470 for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
|
|
|
2471 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
|
|
|
2472 break;
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 maxpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2475 for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
|
|
|
2478 if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
2479 {
|
|
|
2480 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2481 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2482 limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
|
|
|
2483 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2484 }
|
|
|
2485 if (sip->si_ends
|
|
|
2486 && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
|
|
|
2487 && (maxpos.lnum == 0
|
|
|
2488 || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2489 || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
|
|
|
2490 && maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col)))
|
|
|
2491 maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2492 }
|
|
|
2493 }
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 /*
|
|
|
2496 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
|
|
|
2497 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
|
|
|
2498 *
|
|
|
2499 * Return the flags for the matched END.
|
|
|
2500 */
|
|
|
2501 static void
|
|
|
2502 update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
|
|
|
2503 stateitem_T *sip;
|
|
|
2504 int startcol; /* where to start searching for the end */
|
|
|
2505 int force; /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
|
|
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 lpos_T startpos;
|
|
|
2508 lpos_T endpos;
|
|
|
2509 lpos_T hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2510 lpos_T end_endpos;
|
|
|
2511 int end_idx;
|
|
|
2512
|
|
|
2513 /* Don't update when it's already done. Can be a match of an end pattern
|
|
|
2514 * that started in a previous line. Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
|
|
|
2515 * from a containing item. */
|
|
|
2516 if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
|
|
|
2517 return;
|
|
|
2518
|
|
|
2519 /*
|
|
|
2520 * We need to find the end of the region. It may continue in the next
|
|
|
2521 * line.
|
|
|
2522 */
|
|
|
2523 end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2524 startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2525 startpos.col = startcol;
|
|
|
2526 find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
|
|
|
2527 &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 if (endpos.lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2530 {
|
|
|
2531 /* No end pattern matched. */
|
|
|
2532 if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
|
|
|
2533 {
|
|
|
2534 /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2535 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2536 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
|
|
|
2537 sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
|
|
|
2538 }
|
|
|
2539 else
|
|
|
2540 {
|
|
|
2541 /* continues in the next line */
|
|
|
2542 sip->si_ends = FALSE;
|
|
|
2543 sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2544 }
|
|
|
2545 sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
|
|
|
2546 }
|
|
|
2547 else
|
|
|
2548 {
|
|
|
2549 /* match within this line */
|
|
|
2550 sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
|
|
|
2551 sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2552 sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
|
|
|
2553 sip->si_ends = TRUE;
|
|
|
2554 sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
|
|
|
2555 }
|
|
|
2556 }
|
|
|
2557
|
|
|
2558 /*
|
|
|
2559 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
|
|
|
2560 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
|
|
|
2561 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
|
|
|
2562 */
|
|
|
2563 static int
|
|
|
2564 push_current_state(idx)
|
|
|
2565 int idx;
|
|
|
2566 {
|
|
|
2567 if (ga_grow(¤t_state, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2568 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2569 vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
|
|
|
2570 CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2571 ++current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2572 --current_state.ga_room;
|
|
|
2573 return OK;
|
|
|
2574 }
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 /*
|
|
|
2577 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
|
|
|
2578 */
|
|
|
2579 static void
|
|
|
2580 pop_current_state()
|
|
|
2581 {
|
|
|
2582 if (current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2583 {
|
|
|
2584 unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
|
|
|
2585 --current_state.ga_len;
|
|
|
2586 ++current_state.ga_room;
|
|
|
2587 }
|
|
|
2588 /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
|
|
|
2589 next_match_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2590
|
|
|
2591 /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
|
|
|
2592 if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
|
|
|
2593 keepend_level = -1;
|
|
|
2594 }
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 /*
|
|
|
2597 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
|
|
|
2598 * Only checks one line.
|
|
|
2599 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
|
|
|
2600 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line. m_endpos->lnum
|
|
|
2601 * will be 0.
|
|
|
2602 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
|
|
|
2603 * computed.
|
|
|
2604 */
|
|
|
2605 static void
|
|
|
2606 find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
|
|
|
2607 end_idx, start_ext)
|
|
|
2608 int idx; /* index of the pattern */
|
|
|
2609 lpos_T *startpos; /* where to start looking for an END match */
|
|
|
2610 lpos_T *m_endpos; /* return: end of match */
|
|
|
2611 lpos_T *hl_endpos; /* return: end of highlighting */
|
|
|
2612 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching END */
|
|
|
2613 lpos_T *end_endpos; /* return: end of end pattern match */
|
|
|
2614 int *end_idx; /* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
|
|
|
2615 reg_extmatch_T *start_ext; /* submatches from the start pattern */
|
|
|
2616 {
|
|
|
2617 colnr_T matchcol;
|
|
|
2618 synpat_T *spp, *spp_skip;
|
|
|
2619 int start_idx;
|
|
|
2620 int best_idx;
|
|
|
2621 regmmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2622 regmmatch_T best_regmatch; /* startpos/endpos of best match */
|
|
|
2623 lpos_T pos;
|
|
|
2624 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2625 int had_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2626
|
|
|
2627 /*
|
|
|
2628 * Check for being called with a START pattern.
|
|
|
2629 * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
|
|
|
2630 * contained a region.
|
|
|
2631 */
|
|
|
2632 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2633 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2634 {
|
|
|
2635 *hl_endpos = *startpos;
|
|
|
2636 return;
|
|
|
2637 }
|
|
|
2638
|
|
|
2639 /*
|
|
|
2640 * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
|
|
|
2641 */
|
|
|
2642 for (;;)
|
|
|
2643 {
|
|
|
2644 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2645 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
2646 break;
|
|
|
2647 ++idx;
|
|
|
2648 }
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 /*
|
|
|
2651 * Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
|
|
|
2652 */
|
|
|
2653 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
2654 {
|
|
|
2655 spp_skip = spp;
|
|
|
2656 ++idx;
|
|
|
2657 }
|
|
|
2658 else
|
|
|
2659 spp_skip = NULL;
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
|
|
|
2662 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2663 re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 matchcol = startpos->col; /* start looking for a match at sstart */
|
|
|
2666 start_idx = idx; /* remember the first END pattern. */
|
|
|
2667 best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0; /* avoid compiler warning */
|
|
|
2668 for (;;)
|
|
|
2669 {
|
|
|
2670 /*
|
|
|
2671 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
|
|
|
2672 */
|
|
|
2673 best_idx = -1;
|
|
|
2674 for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2675 {
|
|
|
2676 int lc_col = matchcol;
|
|
|
2677
|
|
|
2678 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
2679 if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END) /* past last END pattern */
|
|
|
2680 break;
|
|
|
2681 lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2682 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2683 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2686 regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2687 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
|
|
|
2688 {
|
|
|
2689 if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2690 < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2691 {
|
|
|
2692 best_idx = idx;
|
|
|
2693 best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
|
|
|
2694 best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
|
|
|
2695 }
|
|
|
2696 }
|
|
|
2697 }
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 /*
|
|
|
2700 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
|
|
|
2701 * item continues until end-of-line.
|
|
|
2702 */
|
|
|
2703 if (best_idx == -1)
|
|
|
2704 break;
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 /*
|
|
|
2707 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
|
|
|
2708 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
|
|
|
2709 */
|
|
|
2710 if (spp_skip != NULL)
|
|
|
2711 {
|
|
|
2712 int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 if (lc_col < 0)
|
|
|
2715 lc_col = 0;
|
|
|
2716 regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
|
|
|
2717 regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
|
|
|
2718 if (syn_regexec(®match, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
|
|
|
2719 && regmatch.startpos[0].col
|
|
|
2720 <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2721 {
|
|
|
2722 /* Add offset to skip pattern match */
|
|
|
2723 syn_add_end_off(&pos, ®match, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2724
|
|
|
2725 /* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
|
|
|
2726 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
|
|
|
2727 if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
|
|
|
2728 break;
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
2732 /* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
|
|
|
2733 if (pos.col <= matchcol)
|
|
|
2734 ++matchcol;
|
|
|
2735 else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
|
|
|
2736 matchcol = pos.col;
|
|
|
2737 else
|
|
|
2738 /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
|
|
|
2739 for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2740 line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
|
|
|
2741 ++matchcol)
|
|
|
2742 ;
|
|
|
2743
|
|
|
2744 /* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
|
|
|
2745 if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
|
|
|
2746 break;
|
|
|
2747
|
|
|
2748 continue; /* start with first end pattern again */
|
|
|
2749 }
|
|
|
2750 }
|
|
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 /*
|
|
|
2753 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
|
|
|
2754 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
|
|
|
2755 */
|
|
|
2756 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[best_idx]);
|
|
|
2757 syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2758 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2759 if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2760 m_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
|
|
|
2763 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2764 if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2765 && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2766 end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2767 /* can't end after the match */
|
|
|
2768 limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 /*
|
|
|
2771 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
|
|
|
2772 */
|
|
|
2773 if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
|
|
|
2774 {
|
|
|
2775 *end_idx = best_idx;
|
|
|
2776 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2777 {
|
|
|
2778 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2779 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2780 }
|
|
|
2781 else
|
|
|
2782 {
|
|
|
2783 hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2784 hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2785 }
|
|
|
2786 hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];
|
|
|
2787
|
|
|
2788 /* can't end before the start */
|
|
|
2789 if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
|
|
|
2790 && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
|
|
|
2791 hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
|
|
|
2792 limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
|
|
|
2795 * into the matchgroup for the end */
|
|
|
2796 *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
|
|
|
2797 }
|
|
|
2798 else
|
|
|
2799 {
|
|
|
2800 *end_idx = 0;
|
|
|
2801 *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
|
|
|
2802 }
|
|
|
2803
|
|
|
2804 *flagsp = spp->sp_flags;
|
|
|
2805
|
|
|
2806 had_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2807 break;
|
|
|
2808 }
|
|
|
2809
|
|
|
2810 /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
|
|
|
2811 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2812 m_endpos->lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2813
|
|
|
2814 /* Remove external matches. */
|
|
|
2815 unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
|
|
|
2816 re_extmatch_in = NULL;
|
|
|
2817 }
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 /*
|
|
|
2820 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
|
|
|
2821 */
|
|
|
2822 static void
|
|
|
2823 limit_pos(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2824 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2825 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2826 {
|
|
|
2827 if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
|
|
|
2828 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2829 else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
|
|
|
2830 pos->col = limit->col;
|
|
|
2831 }
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 /*
|
|
|
2834 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
|
|
|
2835 */
|
|
|
2836 static void
|
|
|
2837 limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
|
|
|
2838 lpos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2839 lpos_T *limit;
|
|
|
2840 {
|
|
|
2841 if (pos->lnum == 0)
|
|
|
2842 *pos = *limit;
|
|
|
2843 else
|
|
|
2844 limit_pos(pos, limit);
|
|
|
2845 }
|
|
|
2846
|
|
|
2847 /*
|
|
|
2848 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2849 */
|
|
|
2850 static void
|
|
|
2851 syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2852 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2853 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2854 synpat_T *spp; /* matched pattern */
|
|
|
2855 int idx; /* index of offset */
|
|
|
2856 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to start */
|
|
|
2857 {
|
|
|
2858 int col;
|
|
|
2859
|
|
|
2860 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
|
|
|
2861 {
|
|
|
2862 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2863 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2864 }
|
|
|
2865 else
|
|
|
2866 {
|
|
|
2867 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2868 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2869 }
|
|
|
2870 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2871 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2872 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2873 else
|
|
|
2874 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2875 }
|
|
|
2876
|
|
|
2877 /*
|
|
|
2878 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
|
|
|
2879 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
|
|
|
2880 */
|
|
|
2881 static void
|
|
|
2882 syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
|
|
|
2883 lpos_T *result; /* returned position */
|
|
|
2884 regmmatch_T *regmatch; /* start/end of match */
|
|
|
2885 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
2886 int idx;
|
|
|
2887 int extra; /* extra chars for offset to end */
|
|
|
2888 {
|
|
|
2889 int col;
|
|
|
2890
|
|
|
2891 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
2892 {
|
|
|
2893 result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2894 col = regmatch->endpos[0].col + extra;
|
|
|
2895 }
|
|
|
2896 else
|
|
|
2897 {
|
|
|
2898 result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
|
|
|
2899 col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
|
|
|
2900 }
|
|
|
2901 col += spp->sp_offsets[idx];
|
|
|
2902 if (col < 0)
|
|
|
2903 result->col = 0;
|
|
|
2904 else
|
|
|
2905 result->col = col;
|
|
|
2906 }
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 /*
|
|
|
2909 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
|
|
|
2910 */
|
|
|
2911 static char_u *
|
|
|
2912 syn_getcurline()
|
|
|
2913 {
|
|
|
2914 return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
2915 }
|
|
|
2916
|
|
|
2917 /*
|
|
|
2918 * Call vim_regexec() to match in syn_buf.
|
|
|
2919 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
|
|
|
2920 */
|
|
|
2921 static int
|
|
|
2922 syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
|
|
|
2923 regmmatch_T *rmp;
|
|
|
2924 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2925 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
2926 {
|
|
|
2927 if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col) > 0)
|
|
|
2928 {
|
|
|
2929 rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
2930 rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
|
|
|
2931 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2932 }
|
|
|
2933 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2934 }
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 /*
|
|
|
2937 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
|
|
|
2938 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
|
|
|
2939 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
2940 */
|
|
|
2941 static int
|
|
|
2942 check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si)
|
|
|
2943 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2944 int startcol; /* position in line to check for keyword */
|
|
|
2945 int *endcolp; /* return: character after found keyword */
|
|
|
2946 long *flagsp; /* return: flags of matching keyword */
|
|
|
2947 short **next_listp; /* return: next_list of matching keyword */
|
|
|
2948 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* item at the top of the stack */
|
|
|
2949 {
|
|
|
2950 keyentry_T *ktab;
|
|
|
2951 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2952 int round;
|
|
|
2953 int len;
|
|
|
2954 char_u keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 /* Find first character after the keyword. First character was already
|
|
|
2957 * checked. */
|
|
|
2958 p = line + startcol;
|
|
|
2959 len = 0;
|
|
|
2960 do
|
|
|
2961 {
|
|
|
2962 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2963 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2964 len += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + len);
|
|
|
2965 else
|
|
|
2966 #endif
|
|
|
2967 ++len;
|
|
|
2968 }
|
|
|
2969 while (vim_iswordc_buf(p + len, syn_buf));
|
|
|
2970
|
|
|
2971 if (len > MAXKEYWLEN)
|
|
|
2972 return 0;
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 /*
|
|
|
2975 * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
|
|
|
2976 * lowercase.
|
|
|
2977 */
|
|
|
2978 STRNCPY(keyword, p, len);
|
|
|
2979 keyword[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
2980
|
|
|
2981 /*
|
|
|
2982 * Try twice:
|
|
|
2983 * 1. matching case
|
|
|
2984 * 2. ignoring case
|
|
|
2985 */
|
|
|
2986 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
2987 {
|
|
|
2988 if ((round == 1 ? syn_buf->b_keywtab : syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic) == NULL)
|
|
|
2989 continue;
|
|
|
2990 if (round == 1) /* match case */
|
|
|
2991 ktab = syn_buf->b_keywtab[syn_khash(keyword)];
|
|
|
2992 else /* round == 2, ignore case */
|
|
|
2993 {
|
|
|
2994 p = str_foldcase(keyword, (int)STRLEN(keyword));
|
|
|
2995 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2996 {
|
|
|
2997 STRNCPY(keyword, p, MAXKEYWLEN);
|
|
|
2998 keyword[MAXKEYWLEN] = NUL;
|
|
|
2999 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
3000 }
|
|
|
3001 ktab = syn_buf->b_keywtab_ic[syn_khash(keyword)];
|
|
|
3002 }
|
|
|
3003
|
|
|
3004 /*
|
|
|
3005 * Find keywords that match.
|
|
|
3006 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
|
|
|
3007 * Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
|
|
|
3008 * Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
|
|
|
3009 */
|
|
|
3010 for ( ; ktab != NULL; ktab = ktab->next)
|
|
|
3011 if ( STRCMP(keyword, ktab->keyword) == 0
|
|
|
3012 && (current_next_list != 0
|
|
|
3013 ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &ktab->k_syn, 0)
|
|
|
3014 : (cur_si == NULL
|
|
|
3015 ? !(ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3016 : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
|
|
|
3017 &ktab->k_syn, ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
|
|
|
3018 {
|
|
|
3019 *endcolp = startcol + len;
|
|
|
3020 *flagsp = ktab->flags;
|
|
|
3021 *next_listp = ktab->next_list;
|
|
|
3022 return ktab->k_syn.id;
|
|
|
3023 }
|
|
|
3024 }
|
|
|
3025 return 0;
|
|
|
3026 }
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 /*
|
|
|
3029 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
|
|
|
3030 */
|
|
|
3031 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3032 static void
|
|
|
3033 syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3034 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3035 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3038 char_u *next;
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3041 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3042 return;
|
|
|
3043
|
|
|
3044 next = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3045 if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
|
|
|
3046 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
3047 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
|
|
|
3048 curbuf->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3049 else
|
|
|
3050 EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3051 }
|
|
|
3052
|
|
|
3053 /*
|
|
|
3054 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3055 */
|
|
|
3056 void
|
|
|
3057 syntax_clear(buf)
|
|
|
3058 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3059 {
|
|
|
3060 int i;
|
|
|
3061
|
|
|
3062 curbuf->b_syn_ic = FALSE; /* Use case, by default */
|
|
|
3063 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;
|
|
|
3064
|
|
|
3065 /* free the keywords */
|
|
|
3066 free_keywtab(buf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3067 buf->b_keywtab = NULL;
|
|
|
3068 free_keywtab(buf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
|
3069 buf->b_keywtab_ic = NULL;
|
|
|
3070
|
|
|
3071 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3072 for (i = buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3073 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i);
|
|
|
3074 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_patterns);
|
|
|
3075
|
|
|
3076 /* free the syntax clusters */
|
|
|
3077 for (i = buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3078 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i);
|
|
|
3079 ga_clear(&buf->b_syn_clusters);
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 buf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3082 buf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3083 buf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3084 buf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3085
|
|
|
3086 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3087 buf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3088 vim_free(buf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3089 buf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3090 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3091 buf->b_syn_folditems = 0;
|
|
|
3092 #endif
|
|
|
3093
|
|
|
3094 /* free the stored states */
|
|
|
3095 syn_stack_free_all(buf);
|
|
|
3096 invalidate_current_state();
|
|
|
3097 }
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 /*
|
|
|
3100 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
|
|
|
3101 */
|
|
|
3102 static void
|
|
|
3103 syntax_sync_clear()
|
|
|
3104 {
|
|
|
3105 int i;
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 /* free the syntax patterns */
|
|
|
3108 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
3109 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syncing)
|
|
|
3110 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, i);
|
|
|
3111
|
|
|
3112 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
|
|
|
3113 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
|
|
|
3114 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
3115 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog);
|
|
|
3118 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
|
|
|
3119 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
3120 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3121
|
|
|
3122 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3123 }
|
|
|
3124
|
|
|
3125 /*
|
|
|
3126 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
|
|
|
3127 */
|
|
|
3128 static void
|
|
|
3129 syn_remove_pattern(buf, idx)
|
|
|
3130 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3131 int idx;
|
|
|
3132 {
|
|
|
3133 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3136 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
3137 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
3138 --buf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
3139 #endif
|
|
|
3140 syn_clear_pattern(buf, idx);
|
|
|
3141 mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
|
|
|
3142 sizeof(synpat_T) * (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
|
|
|
3143 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
3144 --buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room;
|
|
|
3145 }
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 /*
|
|
|
3148 * Clear and free one syntax pattern. When clearing all, must be called from
|
|
|
3149 * last to first!
|
|
|
3150 */
|
|
|
3151 static void
|
|
|
3152 syn_clear_pattern(buf, i)
|
|
|
3153 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3154 int i;
|
|
|
3155 {
|
|
|
3156 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3157 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_prog);
|
|
|
3158 /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
|
|
|
3159 if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3160 {
|
|
|
3161 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_cont_list);
|
|
|
3162 vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(buf)[i].sp_next_list);
|
|
|
3163 }
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 /*
|
|
|
3167 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
|
|
|
3168 */
|
|
|
3169 static void
|
|
|
3170 syn_clear_cluster(buf, i)
|
|
|
3171 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3172 int i;
|
|
|
3173 {
|
|
|
3174 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name);
|
|
|
3175 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_name_u);
|
|
|
3176 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(buf)[i].scl_list);
|
|
|
3177 }
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 /*
|
|
|
3180 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
|
|
|
3181 */
|
|
|
3182 static void
|
|
|
3183 syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3184 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3185 int syncing;
|
|
|
3186 {
|
|
|
3187 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3188 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3189 int id;
|
|
|
3190
|
|
|
3191 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3192 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3193 return;
|
|
|
3194
|
|
|
3195 /*
|
|
|
3196 * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
|
|
|
3197 * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
|
|
|
3198 * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
|
|
|
3199 * clear".
|
|
|
3200 */
|
|
|
3201 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
|
|
|
3202 return;
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3205 {
|
|
|
3206 /*
|
|
|
3207 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
|
|
|
3208 */
|
|
|
3209 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3210 syntax_sync_clear();
|
|
|
3211 else
|
|
|
3212 {
|
|
|
3213 syntax_clear(curbuf);
|
|
|
3214 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax");
|
|
|
3215 }
|
|
|
3216 }
|
|
|
3217 else
|
|
|
3218 {
|
|
|
3219 /*
|
|
|
3220 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3221 */
|
|
|
3222 while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3223 {
|
|
|
3224 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3225 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3226 {
|
|
|
3227 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3228 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3229 {
|
|
|
3230 EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3231 break;
|
|
|
3232 }
|
|
|
3233 else
|
|
|
3234 {
|
|
|
3235 /*
|
|
|
3236 * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
|
|
|
3237 * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
|
|
|
3238 * and make it empty.
|
|
|
3239 */
|
|
|
3240 short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3241
|
|
|
3242 vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list);
|
|
|
3243 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3244 }
|
|
|
3245 }
|
|
|
3246 else
|
|
|
3247 {
|
|
|
3248 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3249 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3250 {
|
|
|
3251 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3252 break;
|
|
|
3253 }
|
|
|
3254 else
|
|
|
3255 syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
|
|
|
3256 }
|
|
|
3257 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3258 }
|
|
|
3259 }
|
|
|
3260 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
3261 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
3262 }
|
|
|
3263
|
|
|
3264 /*
|
|
|
3265 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
|
|
|
3266 */
|
|
|
3267 static void
|
|
|
3268 syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
|
|
|
3269 int id;
|
|
|
3270 int syncing;
|
|
|
3271 {
|
|
|
3272 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3273 int idx;
|
|
|
3274
|
|
|
3275 /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
|
|
|
3276 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3277 {
|
|
|
3278 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, curbuf->b_keywtab);
|
|
|
3279 (void)syn_clear_keyword(id, curbuf->b_keywtab_ic);
|
|
|
3280 }
|
|
|
3281
|
|
|
3282 /* clear the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3283 for (idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
3284 {
|
|
|
3285 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3286 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3287 continue;
|
|
|
3288 syn_remove_pattern(curbuf, idx);
|
|
|
3289 }
|
|
|
3290 }
|
|
|
3291
|
|
|
3292 /*
|
|
|
3293 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
|
|
|
3294 */
|
|
|
3295 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3296 static void
|
|
|
3297 syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3298 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3299 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3300 {
|
|
|
3301 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3302 }
|
|
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 /*
|
|
|
3305 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
|
|
|
3306 */
|
|
|
3307 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3308 static void
|
|
|
3309 syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3310 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3311 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3312 {
|
|
|
3313 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
|
|
|
3314 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
|
|
|
3315 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd");
|
|
|
3316 }
|
|
|
3317
|
|
|
3318 /*
|
|
|
3319 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
|
|
|
3320 */
|
|
|
3321 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3322 static void
|
|
|
3323 syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3324 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3325 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3326 {
|
|
|
3327 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3328 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
|
3330 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
|
|
|
3331 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
|
|
|
3332 do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd");
|
|
|
3333 }
|
|
|
3334 }
|
|
|
3335
|
|
|
3336 /*
|
|
|
3337 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
|
|
|
3338 */
|
|
|
3339 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3340 static void
|
|
|
3341 syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3342 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3343 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3344 {
|
|
|
3345 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
|
|
|
3346 }
|
|
|
3347
|
|
|
3348 /*
|
|
|
3349 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
|
|
|
3350 */
|
|
|
3351 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
3352 static void
|
|
|
3353 syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3354 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3355 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
3356 {
|
|
|
3357 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
|
|
|
3358 }
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 static void
|
|
|
3361 syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
|
|
|
3362 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3363 char *name;
|
|
|
3364 {
|
|
|
3365 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
3366
|
|
|
3367 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
3368 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
3369 {
|
|
|
3370 STRCPY(buf, "so ");
|
|
|
3371 sprintf((char *)buf + 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
|
|
|
3372 do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
|
|
|
3373 }
|
|
|
3374 }
|
|
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 /*
|
|
|
3377 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
|
|
|
3378 */
|
|
|
3379 static void
|
|
|
3380 syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
3381 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3382 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
|
3384 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3385 int id;
|
|
|
3386 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3389 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
3390 return;
|
|
|
3391
|
|
|
3392 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3393 {
|
|
|
3394 MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
|
|
|
3395 return;
|
|
|
3396 }
|
|
|
3397
|
|
|
3398 if (syncing)
|
|
|
3399 {
|
|
|
3400 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
|
|
|
3401 {
|
|
|
3402 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
|
|
|
3403 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3404 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3405 return;
|
|
|
3406 }
|
|
|
3407 else if (!(curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
|
|
|
3408 {
|
|
|
3409 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
|
|
|
3410 MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
|
|
|
3411 else
|
|
|
3412 {
|
|
|
3413 MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
|
|
|
3414 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3415 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3416 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3417 }
|
|
|
3418 return;
|
|
|
3419 }
|
|
|
3420 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
|
|
|
3421 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
|
|
|
3422 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
|
|
|
3423 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3424 {
|
|
|
3425 MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
|
|
|
3426 syn_lines_msg();
|
|
|
3427 syn_match_msg();
|
|
|
3428 }
|
|
|
3429 }
|
|
|
3430 else
|
|
|
3431 MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
|
|
|
3432 if (ends_excmd(*arg))
|
|
|
3433 {
|
|
|
3434 /*
|
|
|
3435 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
|
|
|
3436 */
|
|
|
3437 for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3438 syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
|
|
|
3439 for (id = 0; id < curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
|
|
|
3440 syn_list_cluster(id);
|
|
|
3441 }
|
|
|
3442 else
|
|
|
3443 {
|
|
|
3444 /*
|
|
|
3445 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
|
|
|
3446 */
|
|
|
3447 while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3448 {
|
|
|
3449 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
3450 if (*arg == '@')
|
|
|
3451 {
|
|
|
3452 id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
|
|
|
3453 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3454 EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
3455 else
|
|
|
3456 syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
3457 }
|
|
|
3458 else
|
|
|
3459 {
|
|
|
3460 id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
|
|
|
3461 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
3462 EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
|
|
|
3463 else
|
|
|
3464 syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
|
|
|
3465 }
|
|
|
3466 arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
3467 }
|
|
|
3468 }
|
|
|
3469 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
3470 }
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 static void
|
|
|
3473 syn_lines_msg()
|
|
|
3474 {
|
|
|
3475 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0 || curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3476 {
|
|
|
3477 MSG_PUTS("; ");
|
|
|
3478 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
|
|
|
3479 {
|
|
|
3480 MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
|
|
|
3481 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines);
|
|
|
3482 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
|
|
|
3483 MSG_PUTS(", ");
|
|
|
3484 }
|
|
|
3485 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
|
3487 MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
|
|
|
3488 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
|
|
|
3489 }
|
|
|
3490 MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
|
|
|
3491 }
|
|
|
3492 }
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 static void
|
|
|
3495 syn_match_msg()
|
|
|
3496 {
|
|
|
3497 if (curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
|
|
|
3498 {
|
|
|
3499 MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
|
|
|
3500 msg_outnum(curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
|
|
|
3501 MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
|
|
|
3502 }
|
|
|
3503 }
|
|
|
3504
|
|
|
3505 static int last_matchgroup;
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 struct name_list
|
|
|
3508 {
|
|
|
3509 int flag;
|
|
|
3510 char *name;
|
|
|
3511 };
|
|
|
3512
|
|
|
3513 static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));
|
|
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 /*
|
|
|
3516 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3517 */
|
|
|
3518 static void
|
|
|
3519 syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
|
|
|
3520 int id;
|
|
|
3521 int syncing; /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
|
|
|
3522 int link_only; /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
|
|
|
3523 {
|
|
|
3524 int attr;
|
|
|
3525 int idx;
|
|
|
3526 int did_header = FALSE;
|
|
|
3527 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3528 static struct name_list namelist1[] =
|
|
|
3529 {
|
|
|
3530 {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
|
|
|
3531 {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
|
|
|
3532 {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
|
|
|
3533 {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
|
|
|
3534 {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
|
|
|
3535 {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
|
|
|
3536 {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
|
|
|
3537 {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
|
|
|
3538 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3539 };
|
|
|
3540 static struct name_list namelist2[] =
|
|
|
3541 {
|
|
|
3542 {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
|
|
|
3543 {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
|
|
|
3544 {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
|
|
|
3545 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
3546 };
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 attr = hl_attr(HLF_D); /* highlight like directories */
|
|
|
3549
|
|
|
3550 /* list the keywords for "id" */
|
|
|
3551 if (!syncing)
|
|
|
3552 {
|
|
|
3553 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, curbuf->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
|
|
|
3554 did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, curbuf->b_keywtab_ic,
|
|
|
3555 did_header, attr);
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557
|
|
|
3558 /* list the patterns for "id" */
|
|
|
3559 for (idx = 0; idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
|
|
|
3560 {
|
|
|
3561 spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx]);
|
|
|
3562 if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
|
|
|
3563 continue;
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
3565 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3566 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3567 last_matchgroup = 0;
|
|
|
3568 if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
|
|
|
3569 {
|
|
|
3570 put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
|
|
|
3571 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3572 }
|
|
|
3573 else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3574 {
|
|
|
3575 while (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
3576 put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3577 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
|
|
|
3578 put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3579 while (idx < curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
|
|
|
3580 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
|
|
|
3581 put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx++], attr);
|
|
|
3582 --idx;
|
|
|
3583 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3584 }
|
|
|
3585 syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3588 put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3591 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3592 spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3593
|
|
|
3594 if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3595 {
|
|
|
3596 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3597 syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
|
|
|
3598 }
|
|
|
3599 if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
3600 {
|
|
|
3601 if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
|
|
|
3602 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
|
|
|
3603 else
|
|
|
3604 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
|
|
|
3605 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3606 if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3607 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)
|
|
|
3608 [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3609 else
|
|
|
3610 MSG_PUTS("NONE");
|
|
|
3611 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613 }
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 /* list the link, if there is one */
|
|
|
3616 if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
|
|
|
3617 {
|
|
|
3618 (void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
|
|
|
3619 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
|
|
|
3620 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3621 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3622 }
|
|
|
3623 }
|
|
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 static void
|
|
|
3626 syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
|
|
|
3627 struct name_list *nl;
|
|
|
3628 int flags;
|
|
|
3629 int attr;
|
|
|
3630 {
|
|
|
3631 int i;
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
3634 if (flags & nl[i].flag)
|
|
|
3635 {
|
|
|
3636 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
|
|
|
3637 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3638 }
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 /*
|
|
|
3642 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
|
|
|
3643 */
|
|
|
3644 static void
|
|
|
3645 syn_list_cluster(id)
|
|
|
3646 int id;
|
|
|
3647 {
|
|
|
3648 int endcol = 15;
|
|
|
3649
|
|
|
3650 /* slight hack: roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
|
|
|
3651 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
3652 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3653
|
|
|
3654 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
3655 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
3656 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
3657 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
3658
|
|
|
3659 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
3660 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3661 {
|
|
|
3662 put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[id].scl_list,
|
|
|
3663 hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3664 }
|
|
|
3665 else
|
|
|
3666 {
|
|
|
3667 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
3668 msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
|
|
|
3669 }
|
|
|
3670 }
|
|
|
3671
|
|
|
3672 static void
|
|
|
3673 put_id_list(name, list, attr)
|
|
|
3674 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3675 short *list;
|
|
|
3676 int attr;
|
|
|
3677 {
|
|
|
3678 short *p;
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
|
|
|
3681 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3682 for (p = list; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
3683 {
|
|
|
3684 if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
3685 {
|
|
|
3686 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3687 MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
|
|
|
3688 else
|
|
|
3689 MSG_PUTS("ALL");
|
|
|
3690 }
|
|
|
3691 else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3692 {
|
|
|
3693 MSG_PUTS("TOP");
|
|
|
3694 }
|
|
|
3695 else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3696 {
|
|
|
3697 MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
|
|
|
3698 }
|
|
|
3699 else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
3700 {
|
|
|
3701 short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
3702
|
|
|
3703 msg_putchar('@');
|
|
|
3704 msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_name);
|
|
|
3705 }
|
|
|
3706 else
|
|
|
3707 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3708 if (p[1])
|
|
|
3709 msg_putchar(',');
|
|
|
3710 }
|
|
|
3711 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3712 }
|
|
|
3713
|
|
|
3714 static void
|
|
|
3715 put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
|
|
|
3716 char *s;
|
|
|
3717 int c;
|
|
|
3718 synpat_T *spp;
|
|
|
3719 int attr;
|
|
|
3720 {
|
|
|
3721 long n;
|
|
|
3722 int mask;
|
|
|
3723 int first;
|
|
|
3724 static char *sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
|
|
|
3725 int i;
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727 /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
|
|
|
3728 if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
|
|
|
3729 {
|
|
|
3730 last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
|
|
|
3731 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
|
|
|
3732 msg_putchar('=');
|
|
|
3733 if (last_matchgroup == 0)
|
|
|
3734 msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
|
|
|
3735 else
|
|
|
3736 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
3737 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3738 }
|
|
|
3739
|
|
|
3740 /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
|
|
|
3741 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
|
|
|
3742 msg_putchar(c);
|
|
|
3743
|
|
|
3744 /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
|
|
|
3745 for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
|
|
|
3746 if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
|
|
|
3747 {
|
|
|
3748 i = 0; /* no good char found, just use the first one */
|
|
|
3749 break;
|
|
|
3750 }
|
|
|
3751 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3752 msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
3753 msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
|
|
|
3754
|
|
|
3755 /* output any pattern options */
|
|
|
3756 first = TRUE;
|
|
|
3757 for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3758 {
|
|
|
3759 mask = (1 << i);
|
|
|
3760 if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
|
|
|
3761 {
|
|
|
3762 if (!first)
|
|
|
3763 msg_putchar(','); /* separate with commas */
|
|
|
3764 msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
|
|
|
3765 n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
|
|
|
3766 if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3767 {
|
|
|
3768 if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
|
|
|
3769 msg_putchar('s');
|
|
|
3770 else
|
|
|
3771 msg_putchar('e');
|
|
|
3772 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
3773 msg_putchar('+');
|
|
|
3774 }
|
|
|
3775 if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
3776 msg_outnum(n);
|
|
|
3777 first = FALSE;
|
|
|
3778 }
|
|
|
3779 }
|
|
|
3780 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3781 }
|
|
|
3782
|
|
|
3783 /*
|
|
|
3784 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
|
|
|
3785 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
|
|
|
3786 */
|
|
|
3787 static int
|
|
|
3788 syn_list_keywords(id, ktabp, did_header, attr)
|
|
|
3789 int id;
|
|
|
3790 keyentry_T **ktabp;
|
|
|
3791 int did_header; /* header has already been printed */
|
|
|
3792 int attr;
|
|
|
3793 {
|
|
|
3794 int i;
|
|
|
3795 int outlen;
|
|
|
3796 keyentry_T *ktab;
|
|
|
3797 int prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3798 short *prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3799 short *prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3800 int prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3801 int prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3802 int prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3803
|
|
|
3804 if (ktabp == NULL)
|
|
|
3805 return did_header;
|
|
|
3806
|
|
|
3807 /*
|
|
|
3808 * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
|
|
|
3809 * hash value...
|
|
|
3810 */
|
|
|
3811 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i)
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL && !got_int; ktab = ktab->next)
|
|
|
3814 {
|
|
|
3815 if (ktab->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
3816 {
|
|
|
3817 if (prev_contained != (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
3818 || prev_skipnl != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3819 || prev_skipwhite != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3820 || prev_skipempty != (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3821 || prev_cont_in_list != ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list
|
|
|
3822 || prev_next_list != ktab->next_list)
|
|
|
3823 outlen = 9999;
|
|
|
3824 else
|
|
|
3825 outlen = (int)STRLEN(ktab->keyword);
|
|
|
3826 /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
|
|
|
3827 if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
|
|
|
3828 {
|
|
|
3829 prev_contained = 0;
|
|
|
3830 prev_next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3831 prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
3832 prev_skipnl = 0;
|
|
|
3833 prev_skipwhite = 0;
|
|
|
3834 prev_skipempty = 0;
|
|
|
3835 }
|
|
|
3836 did_header = TRUE;
|
|
|
3837 if (prev_contained != (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
3838 {
|
|
|
3839 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
|
|
|
3840 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3841 prev_contained = (ktab->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
|
|
|
3842 }
|
|
|
3843 if (ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
|
|
|
3844 {
|
|
|
3845 put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
|
|
|
3846 ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
|
|
|
3847 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3848 prev_cont_in_list = ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list;
|
|
|
3849 }
|
|
|
3850 if (ktab->next_list != prev_next_list)
|
|
|
3851 {
|
|
|
3852 put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", ktab->next_list, attr);
|
|
|
3853 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3854 prev_next_list = ktab->next_list;
|
|
|
3855 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
|
|
|
3856 {
|
|
|
3857 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
|
|
|
3858 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3859 prev_skipnl = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
|
|
|
3860 }
|
|
|
3861 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
|
|
|
3862 {
|
|
|
3863 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
|
|
|
3864 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3865 prev_skipwhite = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867 if (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
|
|
|
3868 {
|
|
|
3869 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
|
|
|
3870 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
3871 prev_skipempty = (ktab->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
|
|
|
3872 }
|
|
|
3873 }
|
|
|
3874 msg_outtrans(ktab->keyword);
|
|
|
3875 }
|
|
|
3876 }
|
|
|
3877 }
|
|
|
3878
|
|
|
3879 return did_header;
|
|
|
3880 }
|
|
|
3881
|
|
|
3882 static void
|
|
|
3883 syn_clear_keyword(id, ktabp)
|
|
|
3884 int id;
|
|
|
3885 keyentry_T **ktabp;
|
|
|
3886 {
|
|
|
3887 int i;
|
|
|
3888 keyentry_T *ktab;
|
|
|
3889 keyentry_T *ktab_prev;
|
|
|
3890 keyentry_T *ktab_next;
|
|
|
3891
|
|
|
3892 if (ktabp == NULL) /* no keywords present */
|
|
|
3893 return;
|
|
|
3894
|
|
|
3895 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i)
|
|
|
3896 {
|
|
|
3897 ktab_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
3898 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL; )
|
|
|
3899 {
|
|
|
3900 if (ktab->k_syn.id == id)
|
|
|
3901 {
|
|
|
3902 ktab_next = ktab->next;
|
|
|
3903 if (ktab_prev == NULL)
|
|
|
3904 ktabp[i] = ktab_next;
|
|
|
3905 else
|
|
|
3906 ktab_prev->next = ktab_next;
|
|
|
3907 vim_free(ktab);
|
|
|
3908 ktab = ktab_next;
|
|
|
3909 }
|
|
|
3910 else
|
|
|
3911 {
|
|
|
3912 ktab_prev = ktab;
|
|
|
3913 ktab = ktab->next;
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915 }
|
|
|
3916 }
|
|
|
3917 }
|
|
|
3918
|
|
|
3919 /*
|
|
|
3920 * Recursive function to free() a branch of a kwordtab.
|
|
|
3921 */
|
|
|
3922 static void
|
|
|
3923 free_keywtab(ktabp)
|
|
|
3924 keyentry_T **ktabp;
|
|
|
3925 {
|
|
|
3926 int i;
|
|
|
3927 keyentry_T *ktab;
|
|
|
3928 keyentry_T *ktab_next;
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 if (ktabp != NULL)
|
|
|
3931 {
|
|
|
3932 for (i = 0; i < KHASH_SIZE; ++i)
|
|
|
3933 for (ktab = ktabp[i]; ktab != NULL; ktab = ktab_next)
|
|
|
3934 {
|
|
|
3935 ktab_next = ktab->next;
|
|
|
3936 vim_free(ktab->next_list);
|
|
|
3937 vim_free(ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list);
|
|
|
3938 vim_free(ktab);
|
|
|
3939 }
|
|
|
3940 vim_free(ktabp);
|
|
|
3941 }
|
|
|
3942 }
|
|
|
3943
|
|
|
3944 /*
|
|
|
3945 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
|
|
|
3946 */
|
|
|
3947 static void
|
|
|
3948 add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
3949 char_u *name; /* name of keyword */
|
|
|
3950 int id; /* group ID for this keyword */
|
|
|
3951 int flags; /* flags for this keyword */
|
|
|
3952 short *cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
|
|
|
3953 short *next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
|
|
|
3954 {
|
|
|
3955 keyentry_T *ktab;
|
|
|
3956 keyentry_T ***ktabpp;
|
|
|
3957 int hash;
|
|
|
3958 char_u *name_ic = name;
|
|
|
3959
|
|
|
3960 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
3961 {
|
|
|
3962 name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name));
|
|
|
3963 if (name_ic == NULL)
|
|
|
3964 name_ic = name;
|
|
|
3965 }
|
|
|
3966 ktab = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
|
|
|
3967 if (ktab == NULL)
|
|
|
3968 return;
|
|
|
3969 STRCPY(ktab->keyword, name_ic);
|
|
|
3970 if (name_ic != name)
|
|
|
3971 vim_free(name_ic);
|
|
|
3972 ktab->k_syn.id = id;
|
|
|
3973 ktab->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
3974 ktab->flags = flags;
|
|
|
3975 ktab->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
3976 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
3977 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
3978 ktab->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);
|
|
|
3979
|
|
|
3980 if (curbuf->b_syn_ic)
|
|
|
3981 ktabpp = &curbuf->b_keywtab_ic;
|
|
|
3982 else
|
|
|
3983 ktabpp = &curbuf->b_keywtab;
|
|
|
3984
|
|
|
3985 if (*ktabpp == NULL)
|
|
|
3986 {
|
|
|
3987 *ktabpp = (keyentry_T **)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
3988 (int)(sizeof(keyentry_T *) * KHASH_SIZE));
|
|
|
3989 if (*ktabpp == NULL)
|
|
|
3990 return;
|
|
|
3991 }
|
|
|
3992
|
|
|
3993 hash = syn_khash(ktab->keyword);
|
|
|
3994 ktab->next = (*ktabpp)[hash];
|
|
|
3995 (*ktabpp)[hash] = ktab;
|
|
|
3996 }
|
|
|
3997
|
|
|
3998 /*
|
|
|
3999 * Compute a hash value for a keyword. Uses the ElfHash algorithm, which is
|
|
|
4000 * supposed to have an even distribution (suggested by Charles Campbell).
|
|
|
4001 */
|
|
|
4002 static int
|
|
|
4003 syn_khash(p)
|
|
|
4004 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4005 {
|
|
|
4006 long_u hash = 0;
|
|
|
4007 long_u g;
|
|
|
4008
|
|
|
4009 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
4010 {
|
|
|
4011 hash = (hash << 4) + *p++; /* clear low 4 bits of hash, add char */
|
|
|
4012 g = hash & 0xf0000000L; /* g has high 4 bits of hash only */
|
|
|
4013 if (g != 0)
|
|
|
4014 hash ^= g >> 24; /* xor g's high 4 bits into hash */
|
|
|
4015 }
|
|
|
4016
|
|
|
4017 return (int)(hash & KHASH_MASK);
|
|
|
4018 }
|
|
|
4019
|
|
|
4020 /*
|
|
|
4021 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
|
|
|
4022 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
|
|
|
4023 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
|
|
|
4024 */
|
|
|
4025 static char_u *
|
|
|
4026 get_group_name(arg, name_end)
|
|
|
4027 char_u *arg; /* start of the argument */
|
|
|
4028 char_u **name_end; /* pointer to end of the name */
|
|
|
4029 {
|
|
|
4030 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4033 rest = skipwhite(*name_end);
|
|
|
4034
|
|
|
4035 /*
|
|
|
4036 * Check if there are enough arguments. The first argument may be a
|
|
|
4037 * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
|
|
|
4038 */
|
|
|
4039 if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4040 return NULL;
|
|
|
4041 return rest;
|
|
|
4042 }
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 /*
|
|
|
4045 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
|
|
|
4046 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
|
|
|
4047 * out the arguments that are known. Can be called several times in a row to
|
|
|
4048 * collect all options in between other arguments.
|
|
|
4049 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
|
|
|
4050 * Return NULL for any error;
|
|
|
4051 */
|
|
|
4052 static char_u *
|
|
|
4053 get_syn_options(arg, flagsp, keyword, sync_idx, cont_list,
|
|
|
4054 cont_in_list, next_list)
|
|
|
4055 char_u *arg; /* next argument */
|
|
|
4056 int *flagsp; /* flags for contained and transpartent */
|
|
|
4057 int keyword; /* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
|
|
|
4058 int *sync_idx; /* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
|
|
|
4059 if not allowed */
|
|
|
4060 short **cont_list; /* group IDs for "contains" argument, NULL if
|
|
|
4061 not allowed */
|
|
|
4062 short **cont_in_list; /* group IDs for "containedin" argument, NULL
|
|
|
4063 if not allowed */
|
|
|
4064 short **next_list; /* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
|
|
|
4065 {
|
|
|
4066 int flags;
|
|
|
4067 char_u *gname_start, *gname;
|
|
|
4068 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4069 int len;
|
|
|
4070 int i;
|
|
|
4071 int fidx;
|
|
|
4072 static struct flag
|
|
|
4073 {
|
|
|
4074 char *name;
|
|
|
4075 int len;
|
|
|
4076 int val;
|
|
|
4077 } flagtab[] = { {"contained", 9, HL_CONTAINED},
|
|
|
4078 {"oneline", 7, HL_ONELINE},
|
|
|
4079 {"keepend", 7, HL_KEEPEND},
|
|
|
4080 {"extend", 6, HL_EXTEND},
|
|
|
4081 {"excludenl", 9, HL_EXCLUDENL},
|
|
|
4082 {"transparent", 11, HL_TRANSP},
|
|
|
4083 {"skipnl", 6, HL_SKIPNL},
|
|
|
4084 {"skipwhite", 9, HL_SKIPWHITE},
|
|
|
4085 {"skipempty", 9, HL_SKIPEMPTY},
|
|
|
4086 {"grouphere", 9, HL_SYNC_HERE},
|
|
|
4087 {"groupthere", 10, HL_SYNC_THERE},
|
|
|
4088 {"display", 7, HL_DISPLAY},
|
|
|
4089 {"fold", 4, HL_FOLD},
|
|
|
4090 };
|
|
|
4091 #define MLEN 12
|
|
|
4092 char lowname[MLEN];
|
|
|
4093 int llen;
|
|
|
4094
|
|
|
4095 if (arg == NULL) /* already detected error */
|
|
|
4096 return NULL;
|
|
|
4097
|
|
|
4098 flags = *flagsp;
|
|
|
4099 for (;;)
|
|
|
4100 {
|
|
|
4101 /* STRNICMP() is a bit slow, change arg to lowercase first and use
|
|
|
4102 * STRNCMP() */
|
|
|
4103 for (llen = 0; llen < MLEN; ++llen)
|
|
|
4104 {
|
|
|
4105 if (!isalpha(arg[llen]))
|
|
|
4106 break;
|
|
|
4107 lowname[llen] = TOLOWER_ASC(arg[llen]);
|
|
|
4108 }
|
|
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
|
|
|
4111 {
|
|
|
4112 len = flagtab[fidx].len;
|
|
|
4113 if (len == llen
|
|
|
4114 && STRNCMP(lowname, flagtab[fidx].name, len) == 0
|
|
|
4115 && (ends_excmd(arg[len]) || vim_iswhite(arg[len])))
|
|
|
4116 {
|
|
|
4117 if (keyword
|
|
|
4118 && (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_DISPLAY
|
|
|
4119 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4120 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_EXTEND))
|
|
|
4121 {
|
|
|
4122 /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
|
|
|
4123 fidx = -1;
|
|
|
4124 break;
|
|
|
4125 }
|
|
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 flags |= flagtab[fidx].val;
|
|
|
4128 arg = skipwhite(arg + len);
|
|
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 if (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_SYNC_HERE
|
|
|
4131 || flagtab[fidx].val == HL_SYNC_THERE)
|
|
|
4132 {
|
|
|
4133 if (sync_idx == NULL)
|
|
|
4134 {
|
|
|
4135 EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4136 return NULL;
|
|
|
4137 }
|
|
|
4138 gname_start = arg;
|
|
|
4139 arg = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
4140 if (gname_start == arg)
|
|
|
4141 return NULL;
|
|
|
4142 gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
|
|
|
4143 if (gname == NULL)
|
|
|
4144 return NULL;
|
|
|
4145 if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
4146 *sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
|
|
|
4147 else
|
|
|
4148 {
|
|
|
4149 syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
|
|
|
4150 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4151 if (SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
|
|
|
4152 && SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
|
|
|
4153 {
|
|
|
4154 *sync_idx = i;
|
|
|
4155 break;
|
|
|
4156 }
|
|
|
4157 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
4158 {
|
|
|
4159 EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
|
|
|
4160 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4161 return NULL;
|
|
|
4162 }
|
|
|
4163 }
|
|
|
4164
|
|
|
4165 vim_free(gname);
|
|
|
4166 arg = skipwhite(arg);
|
|
|
4167 }
|
|
|
4168 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4169 else if (flagtab[fidx].val == HL_FOLD
|
|
|
4170 && foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
|
|
|
4171 {
|
|
|
4172 /* Need to update folds later. */
|
|
|
4173 foldUpdateAll(curwin);
|
|
|
4174 }
|
|
|
4175 #endif
|
|
|
4176 break;
|
|
|
4177 }
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179 if (fidx >= 0)
|
|
|
4180 continue;
|
|
|
4181
|
|
|
4182 if (llen == 8 && STRNCMP(lowname, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
4183 && (vim_iswhite(arg[8]) || arg[8] == '='))
|
|
|
4184 {
|
|
|
4185 if (cont_list == NULL)
|
|
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4188 return NULL;
|
|
|
4189 }
|
|
|
4190 if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, cont_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4191 return NULL;
|
|
|
4192 }
|
|
|
4193 else if (llen == 11 && STRNCMP(lowname, "containedin", 11) == 0
|
|
|
4194 && (vim_iswhite(arg[11]) || arg[11] == '='))
|
|
|
4195 {
|
|
|
4196 if (cont_in_list == NULL)
|
|
|
4197 {
|
|
|
4198 EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
|
|
|
4199 return NULL;
|
|
|
4200 }
|
|
|
4201 if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, cont_in_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4202 return NULL;
|
|
|
4203 }
|
|
|
4204 else if (llen == 9 && STRNCMP(lowname, "nextgroup", 9) == 0
|
|
|
4205 && (vim_iswhite(arg[9]) || arg[9] == '='))
|
|
|
4206 {
|
|
|
4207 if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, next_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4208 return NULL;
|
|
|
4209 }
|
|
|
4210 else
|
|
|
4211 break;
|
|
|
4212 }
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 *flagsp = flags;
|
|
|
4215
|
|
|
4216 return arg;
|
|
|
4217 }
|
|
|
4218
|
|
|
4219 /*
|
|
|
4220 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
|
|
|
4221 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
|
|
|
4222 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
|
|
|
4223 */
|
|
|
4224 static void
|
|
|
4225 syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
|
|
|
4226 int id;
|
|
|
4227 int *flagsp;
|
|
|
4228 {
|
|
|
4229 if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curbuf->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
|
|
|
4230 return;
|
|
|
4231 *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
4232 if (curbuf->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
4233 {
|
|
|
4234 /* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
|
|
|
4235 short *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4236 int tlg_id = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
4237
|
|
|
4238 if (grp_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4239 {
|
|
|
4240 grp_list[0] = id;
|
|
|
4241 grp_list[1] = 0;
|
|
|
4242 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
|
|
|
4243 CLUSTER_ADD);
|
|
|
4244 }
|
|
|
4245 }
|
|
|
4246 }
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 /*
|
|
|
4249 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
|
|
|
4250 */
|
|
|
4251 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4252 static void
|
|
|
4253 syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4254 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4255 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4256 {
|
|
|
4257 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4258 int sgl_id = 1;
|
|
|
4259 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4260 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4261 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
4262 int prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4263 int prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4264 int source = FALSE;
|
|
|
4265
|
|
|
4266 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
4267 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
4268 return;
|
|
|
4269
|
|
|
4270 if (arg[0] == '@')
|
|
|
4271 {
|
|
|
4272 ++arg;
|
|
|
4273 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4274 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4275 {
|
|
|
4276 EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
|
|
|
4277 return;
|
|
|
4278 }
|
|
|
4279 sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4280 /* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
|
|
|
4281 eap->arg = rest;
|
|
|
4282 }
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 /*
|
|
|
4285 * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
|
|
|
4286 * filename to include.
|
|
|
4287 */
|
|
|
4288 eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
|
|
|
4289 separate_nextcmd(eap);
|
|
|
4290 if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
|
|
|
4291 {
|
|
|
4292 /* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
|
|
|
4293 * file. Need to expand the file name first. In other cases
|
|
|
4294 * ":runtime!" is used. */
|
|
|
4295 source = TRUE;
|
|
|
4296 if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4297 {
|
|
|
4298 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
4299 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
4300 return;
|
|
|
4301 }
|
|
|
4302 }
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 /*
|
|
|
4305 * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
|
|
|
4306 * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
|
|
|
4307 */
|
|
|
4308 prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4309 current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4310 prev_toplvl_grp = curbuf->b_syn_topgrp;
|
|
|
4311 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
|
|
|
4312 if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL
|
|
|
4313 : cmd_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4314 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
|
|
|
4315 curbuf->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
|
|
|
4316 current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4317 }
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
4319 /*
|
|
|
4320 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
|
|
|
4321 */
|
|
|
4322 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
4323 static void
|
|
|
4324 syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4325 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4326 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
4327 {
|
|
|
4328 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4329 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4330 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4331 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4332 char_u *keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4333 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4334 char_u *first_arg;
|
|
|
4335 int round;
|
|
|
4336 int flags = 0;
|
|
|
4337 short *next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4338 short *cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4339
|
|
|
4340 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4341
|
|
|
4342 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4343 {
|
|
|
4344 syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 /* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
|
|
|
4347 keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
|
|
|
4348 if (keyword_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
4349 {
|
|
|
4350 /*
|
|
|
4351 * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
|
|
|
4352 * found before keywords can be created.
|
|
|
4353 * round 1: collect the options.
|
|
|
4354 * round 2: create the keywords.
|
|
|
4355 */
|
|
|
4356 first_arg = rest;
|
|
|
4357 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
4358 {
|
|
|
4359 /*
|
|
|
4360 * Isolate each keyword and add an entry for it.
|
|
|
4361 */
|
|
|
4362 for (rest = first_arg; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest);
|
|
|
4363 rest = skipwhite(rest))
|
|
|
4364 {
|
|
|
4365 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, TRUE, NULL,
|
|
|
4366 NULL, &cont_in_list, &next_list);
|
|
|
4367 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4368 break;
|
|
|
4369 p = keyword_copy;
|
|
|
4370 while (*rest != 0 && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
|
|
|
4371 {
|
|
|
4372 if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
4373 ++rest;
|
|
|
4374 *p++ = *rest++;
|
|
|
4375 }
|
|
|
4376 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4377 if (round == 2 && !eap->skip)
|
|
|
4378 {
|
|
|
4379 for (p = vim_strchr(keyword_copy, '['); ; )
|
|
|
4380 {
|
|
|
4381 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4382 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
4383 add_keyword(keyword_copy, syn_id, flags,
|
|
|
4384 cont_in_list, next_list);
|
|
|
4385 if (p == NULL || p[1] == NUL || p[1] == ']')
|
|
|
4386 break;
|
|
|
4387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4388 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4389 {
|
|
|
4390 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p + 1);
|
|
|
4391
|
|
|
4392 mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
|
|
|
4393 p += l;
|
|
|
4394 }
|
|
|
4395 else
|
|
|
4396 #endif
|
|
|
4397 {
|
|
|
4398 p[0] = p[1];
|
|
|
4399 ++p;
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
|
4401 }
|
|
|
4402 }
|
|
|
4403 }
|
|
|
4404 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
4405 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags);
|
|
|
4406 }
|
|
|
4407 vim_free(keyword_copy);
|
|
|
4408 }
|
|
|
4409 }
|
|
|
4410
|
|
|
4411 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4412 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4413 else
|
|
|
4414 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 vim_free(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4417 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
4418 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4419 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4420 }
|
|
|
4421
|
|
|
4422 /*
|
|
|
4423 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
|
|
|
4424 *
|
|
|
4425 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
|
|
|
4426 */
|
|
|
4427 static void
|
|
|
4428 syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4429 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4430 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
|
|
|
4431 {
|
|
|
4432 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4433 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4434 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
4435 synpat_T item; /* the item found in the line */
|
|
|
4436 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4437 int idx;
|
|
|
4438 int flags = 0;
|
|
|
4439 int sync_idx = 0;
|
|
|
4440 short *cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4441 short *cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4442 short *next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4443
|
|
|
4444 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4445 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4446
|
|
|
4447 /* Get options before the pattern */
|
|
|
4448 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE,
|
|
|
4449 syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL, &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list);
|
|
|
4450
|
|
|
4451 /* get the pattern. */
|
|
|
4452 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4453 vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
4454 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
|
|
|
4455 if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4456 flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4457
|
|
|
4458 /* Get options after the pattern */
|
|
|
4459 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE,
|
|
|
4460 syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL, &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list);
|
|
|
4461
|
|
|
4462 if (rest != NULL) /* all arguments are valid */
|
|
|
4463 {
|
|
|
4464 /*
|
|
|
4465 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
|
|
|
4466 */
|
|
|
4467 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4468 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4469 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4470 else if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
|
|
|
4471 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4472 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4473 {
|
|
|
4474 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags);
|
|
|
4475 /*
|
|
|
4476 * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4477 */
|
|
|
4478 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4479 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = item;
|
|
|
4480 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4481 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
|
|
|
4482 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4483 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4484 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags = flags;
|
|
|
4485 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
|
|
|
4486 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = cont_list;
|
|
|
4487 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list = cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4488 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4489 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4490 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
4491 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4492 --curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room;
|
|
|
4493
|
|
|
4494 /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
|
|
|
4495 if (flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
|
|
|
4496 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
|
|
|
4497 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4498 if (flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
4499 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4500 #endif
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4503 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4504 return; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4505 }
|
|
|
4506 }
|
|
|
4507
|
|
|
4508 /*
|
|
|
4509 * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4510 */
|
|
|
4511 vim_free(item.sp_prog);
|
|
|
4512 vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4513 vim_free(cont_list);
|
|
|
4514 vim_free(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4515 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
4516
|
|
|
4517 if (rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4518 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4519 }
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 /*
|
|
|
4522 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
|
|
|
4523 * start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
|
|
|
4524 */
|
|
|
4525 static void
|
|
|
4526 syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
4527 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
4528 int syncing; /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
|
|
|
4529 {
|
|
|
4530 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
4531 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
4532 char_u *rest; /* next arg, NULL on error */
|
|
|
4533 char_u *key_end;
|
|
|
4534 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
4535 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4536 int item;
|
|
|
4537 #define ITEM_START 0
|
|
|
4538 #define ITEM_SKIP 1
|
|
|
4539 #define ITEM_END 2
|
|
|
4540 #define ITEM_MATCHGROUP 3
|
|
|
4541 struct pat_ptr
|
|
|
4542 {
|
|
|
4543 synpat_T *pp_synp; /* pointer to syn_pattern */
|
|
|
4544 int pp_matchgroup_id; /* matchgroup ID */
|
|
|
4545 struct pat_ptr *pp_next; /* pointer to next pat_ptr */
|
|
|
4546 } *(pat_ptrs[3]);
|
|
|
4547 /* patterns found in the line */
|
|
|
4548 struct pat_ptr *ppp;
|
|
|
4549 struct pat_ptr *ppp_next;
|
|
|
4550 int pat_count = 0; /* nr of syn_patterns found */
|
|
|
4551 int syn_id;
|
|
|
4552 int matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4553 int not_enough = FALSE; /* not enough arguments */
|
|
|
4554 int illegal = FALSE; /* illegal arguments */
|
|
|
4555 int success = FALSE;
|
|
|
4556 int idx;
|
|
|
4557 int flags = 0;
|
|
|
4558 short *cont_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4559 short *cont_in_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4560 short *next_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4561
|
|
|
4562 /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
|
|
|
4563 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
4564
|
|
|
4565 pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
|
|
|
4566 pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4567 pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 init_syn_patterns();
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 /*
|
|
|
4572 * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
|
|
|
4573 */
|
|
|
4574 while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4575 {
|
|
|
4576 /* Check for option arguments */
|
|
|
4577 rest = get_syn_options(rest, &flags, FALSE, NULL,
|
|
|
4578 &cont_list, &cont_in_list, &next_list);
|
|
|
4579 if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
4580 break;
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 /* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
|
|
|
4583 key_end = rest;
|
|
|
4584 while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
|
|
|
4585 ++key_end;
|
|
|
4586 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4587 key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
|
|
|
4588 if (key == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
4589 {
|
|
|
4590 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4591 break;
|
|
|
4592 }
|
|
|
4593 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
|
|
|
4594 item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
|
|
|
4595 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
|
|
|
4596 item = ITEM_START;
|
|
|
4597 else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
|
|
|
4598 item = ITEM_END;
|
|
|
4599 else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
|
|
|
4600 {
|
|
|
4601 if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL) /* one skip pattern allowed */
|
|
|
4602 {
|
|
|
4603 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4604 break;
|
|
|
4605 }
|
|
|
4606 item = ITEM_SKIP;
|
|
|
4607 }
|
|
|
4608 else
|
|
|
4609 break;
|
|
|
4610 rest = skipwhite(key_end);
|
|
|
4611 if (*rest != '=')
|
|
|
4612 {
|
|
|
4613 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4614 EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4615 break;
|
|
|
4616 }
|
|
|
4617 rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
|
|
|
4618 if (*rest == NUL)
|
|
|
4619 {
|
|
|
4620 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4621 break;
|
|
|
4622 }
|
|
|
4623
|
|
|
4624 if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
|
|
|
4625 {
|
|
|
4626 p = skiptowhite(rest);
|
|
|
4627 if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4628 matchgroup_id = 0;
|
|
|
4629 else
|
|
|
4630 {
|
|
|
4631 matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
|
|
|
4632 if (matchgroup_id == 0)
|
|
|
4633 {
|
|
|
4634 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
4635 break;
|
|
|
4636 }
|
|
|
4637 }
|
|
|
4638 rest = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
4639 }
|
|
|
4640 else
|
|
|
4641 {
|
|
|
4642 /*
|
|
|
4643 * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
|
|
|
4644 * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
|
|
|
4645 * used from end to start).
|
|
|
4646 */
|
|
|
4647 ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
|
|
|
4648 if (ppp == NULL)
|
|
|
4649 {
|
|
|
4650 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4651 break;
|
|
|
4652 }
|
|
|
4653 ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
|
|
|
4654 pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
|
|
|
4655 ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
|
|
|
4656 if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
|
|
|
4657 {
|
|
|
4658 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4659 break;
|
|
|
4660 }
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 /*
|
|
|
4663 * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
|
|
|
4664 */
|
|
|
4665 /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
|
|
|
4666 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4667 reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
|
|
|
4668 else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
|
|
|
4669 reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
|
|
|
4670 rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4671 reg_do_extmatch = 0;
|
|
|
4672 if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
|
|
|
4673 && !(flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
|
|
|
4674 ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
|
|
|
4675 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4676 ++pat_count;
|
|
|
4677 }
|
|
|
4678 }
|
|
|
4679 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
4680 if (illegal || not_enough)
|
|
|
4681 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4682
|
|
|
4683 /*
|
|
|
4684 * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
|
|
|
4685 */
|
|
|
4686 if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
|
|
|
4687 pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
|
|
|
4688 {
|
|
|
4689 not_enough = TRUE;
|
|
|
4690 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4691 }
|
|
|
4692
|
|
|
4693 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
4694 {
|
|
|
4695 /*
|
|
|
4696 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
|
|
|
4697 * If OK, add the item.
|
|
|
4698 */
|
|
|
4699 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
|
|
|
4700 if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
|
|
|
4701 rest = NULL;
|
|
|
4702 else if (ga_grow(&(curbuf->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
|
|
|
4703 && (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
|
|
|
4704 (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
|
|
|
4705 {
|
|
|
4706 syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &flags);
|
|
|
4707 /*
|
|
|
4708 * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
|
|
|
4709 */
|
|
|
4710 idx = curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4711 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4712 {
|
|
|
4713 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
|
|
|
4714 {
|
|
|
4715 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4716 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
|
|
|
4717 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_type =
|
|
|
4718 (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
|
|
|
4719 (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
|
|
|
4720 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_flags |= flags;
|
|
|
4721 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
|
|
|
4722 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
4723 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
|
|
|
4724 ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
|
|
|
4725 if (item == ITEM_START)
|
|
|
4726 {
|
|
|
4727 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_cont_list = cont_list;
|
|
|
4728 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
|
|
|
4729 cont_in_list;
|
|
|
4730 if (cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
4731 curbuf->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
|
|
|
4732 SYN_ITEMS(curbuf)[idx].sp_next_list = next_list;
|
|
|
4733 }
|
|
|
4734 ++curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
|
|
|
4735 --curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_room;
|
|
|
4736 ++idx;
|
|
|
4737 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4738 if (flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
4739 ++curbuf->b_syn_folditems;
|
|
|
4740 #endif
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742 }
|
|
|
4743
|
|
|
4744 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
4745 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
4746 success = TRUE; /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
|
|
|
4747 }
|
|
|
4748 }
|
|
|
4749
|
|
|
4750 /*
|
|
|
4751 * Free the allocated memory.
|
|
|
4752 */
|
|
|
4753 for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
|
|
|
4754 for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
|
|
|
4755 {
|
|
|
4756 if (!success)
|
|
|
4757 {
|
|
|
4758 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
|
|
|
4759 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
|
|
|
4760 }
|
|
|
4761 vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
|
|
|
4762 ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
|
|
|
4763 vim_free(ppp);
|
|
|
4764 }
|
|
|
4765
|
|
|
4766 if (!success)
|
|
|
4767 {
|
|
|
4768 vim_free(cont_list);
|
|
|
4769 vim_free(cont_in_list);
|
|
|
4770 vim_free(next_list);
|
|
|
4771 if (not_enough)
|
|
|
4772 EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
|
|
|
4773 else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
|
|
|
4774 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
4775 }
|
|
|
4776 }
|
|
|
4777
|
|
|
4778 /*
|
|
|
4779 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
|
|
|
4780 */
|
|
|
4781 static int
|
|
|
4782 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
4783 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
4784 #endif
|
|
|
4785 syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
|
|
|
4786 const void *v1;
|
|
|
4787 const void *v2;
|
|
|
4788 {
|
|
|
4789 const short *s1 = v1;
|
|
|
4790 const short *s2 = v2;
|
|
|
4791
|
|
|
4792 return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
|
|
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 /*
|
|
|
4796 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
|
|
|
4797 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
|
|
|
4798 */
|
|
|
4799 static void
|
|
|
4800 syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
|
|
|
4801 short **clstr1;
|
|
|
4802 short **clstr2;
|
|
|
4803 int list_op;
|
|
|
4804 {
|
|
|
4805 int count1 = 0;
|
|
|
4806 int count2 = 0;
|
|
|
4807 short *g1;
|
|
|
4808 short *g2;
|
|
|
4809 short *clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4810 int count;
|
|
|
4811 int round;
|
|
|
4812
|
|
|
4813 /*
|
|
|
4814 * Handle degenerate cases.
|
|
|
4815 */
|
|
|
4816 if (*clstr2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4817 return;
|
|
|
4818 if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4819 {
|
|
|
4820 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
|
|
|
4821 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4822 if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4823 *clstr1 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4824 else
|
|
|
4825 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4826 return;
|
|
|
4827 }
|
|
|
4828
|
|
|
4829 for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
|
|
|
4830 ++count1;
|
|
|
4831 for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
|
|
|
4832 ++count2;
|
|
|
4833
|
|
|
4834 /*
|
|
|
4835 * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
|
|
|
4836 */
|
|
|
4837 qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4838 qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
|
|
|
4839
|
|
|
4840 /*
|
|
|
4841 * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
|
|
|
4842 * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
|
|
|
4843 * list. For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
|
|
|
4844 * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
|
|
|
4845 */
|
|
|
4846 for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
|
|
|
4847 {
|
|
|
4848 g1 = *clstr1;
|
|
|
4849 g2 = *clstr2;
|
|
|
4850 count = 0;
|
|
|
4851
|
|
|
4852 /*
|
|
|
4853 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
|
|
|
4854 */
|
|
|
4855 while (*g1 && *g2)
|
|
|
4856 {
|
|
|
4857 /*
|
|
|
4858 * We always want to add from the first list.
|
|
|
4859 */
|
|
|
4860 if (*g1 < *g2)
|
|
|
4861 {
|
|
|
4862 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4863 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4864 count++;
|
|
|
4865 g1++;
|
|
|
4866 continue;
|
|
|
4867 }
|
|
|
4868 /*
|
|
|
4869 * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
|
|
|
4870 * lists.
|
|
|
4871 */
|
|
|
4872 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4873 {
|
|
|
4874 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4875 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
4876 count++;
|
|
|
4877 }
|
|
|
4878 if (*g1 == *g2)
|
|
|
4879 g1++;
|
|
|
4880 g2++;
|
|
|
4881 }
|
|
|
4882
|
|
|
4883 /*
|
|
|
4884 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
|
|
|
4885 * first. As before, we only want to add from the second list if
|
|
|
4886 * we're adding the lists.
|
|
|
4887 */
|
|
|
4888 for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
|
|
|
4889 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4890 clstr[count] = *g1;
|
|
|
4891 if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
|
|
|
4892 for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
|
|
|
4893 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
4894 clstr[count] = *g2;
|
|
|
4895
|
|
|
4896 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
4897 {
|
|
|
4898 /*
|
|
|
4899 * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
|
|
|
4900 * space for it.
|
|
|
4901 */
|
|
|
4902 if (count == 0)
|
|
|
4903 {
|
|
|
4904 clstr = NULL;
|
|
|
4905 break;
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
|
4907 clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
4908 if (clstr == NULL)
|
|
|
4909 break;
|
|
|
4910 clstr[count] = 0;
|
|
|
4911 }
|
|
|
4912 }
|
|
|
4913
|
|
|
4914 /*
|
|
|
4915 * Finally, put the new list in place.
|
|
|
4916 */
|
|
|
4917 vim_free(*clstr1);
|
|
|
4918 vim_free(*clstr2);
|
|
|
4919 *clstr1 = clstr;
|
|
|
4920 }
|
|
|
4921
|
|
|
4922 /*
|
|
|
4923 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
4924 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
4925 */
|
|
|
4926 static int
|
|
|
4927 syn_scl_name2id(name)
|
|
|
4928 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4929 {
|
|
|
4930 int i;
|
|
|
4931 char_u *name_u;
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
4934 name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
4935 if (name_u == NULL)
|
|
|
4936 return 0;
|
|
|
4937 for (i = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
4938 if (SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
4939 && STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
4940 break;
|
|
|
4941 vim_free(name_u);
|
|
|
4942 return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 /*
|
|
|
4946 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
4947 */
|
|
|
4948 static int
|
|
|
4949 syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
4950 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
4951 int len;
|
|
|
4952 {
|
|
|
4953 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4954 int id = 0;
|
|
|
4955
|
|
|
4956 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
4957 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
4958 {
|
|
|
4959 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
4960 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
4961 }
|
|
|
4962 return id;
|
|
|
4963 }
|
|
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 /*
|
|
|
4966 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
4967 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
4968 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
4969 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
4970 */
|
|
|
4971 static int
|
|
|
4972 syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
|
|
|
4973 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
4974 int len;
|
|
|
4975 {
|
|
|
4976 int id;
|
|
|
4977 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4978
|
|
|
4979 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
4980 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4981 return 0;
|
|
|
4982
|
|
|
4983 id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
|
|
|
4984 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
4985 id = syn_add_cluster(name);
|
|
|
4986 else
|
|
|
4987 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
4988 return id;
|
|
|
4989 }
|
|
|
4990
|
|
|
4991 /*
|
|
|
4992 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
|
|
|
4993 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
4994 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
4995 */
|
|
|
4996 static int
|
|
|
4997 syn_add_cluster(name)
|
|
|
4998 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 int len;
|
|
|
5001
|
|
|
5002 /*
|
|
|
5003 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
5004 */
|
|
|
5005 if (curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5006 {
|
|
|
5007 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct syn_cluster);
|
|
|
5008 curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5009 }
|
|
|
5010
|
|
|
5011 /*
|
|
|
5012 * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
|
|
|
5013 */
|
|
|
5014 if (ga_grow(&curbuf->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5015 {
|
|
|
5016 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5017 return 0;
|
|
|
5018 }
|
|
|
5019 len = curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5020
|
|
|
5021 vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len]), 0, sizeof(struct syn_cluster));
|
|
|
5022 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name = name;
|
|
|
5023 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
5024 SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[len].scl_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5025 ++curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;
|
|
|
5026 --curbuf->b_syn_clusters.ga_room;
|
|
|
5027
|
|
|
5028 return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 /*
|
|
|
5032 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
|
|
|
5033 * [add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
|
|
|
5034 */
|
|
|
5035 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5036 static void
|
|
|
5037 syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5038 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5039 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5040 {
|
|
|
5041 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5042 char_u *group_name_end;
|
|
|
5043 char_u *rest;
|
|
|
5044 int scl_id;
|
|
|
5045 short *clstr_list;
|
|
|
5046 int got_clstr = FALSE;
|
|
|
5047 int opt_len;
|
|
|
5048 int list_op;
|
|
|
5049
|
|
|
5050 eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
|
|
|
5051 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5052 return;
|
|
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 if (rest != NULL)
|
|
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
|
|
|
5059 - SYNID_CLUSTER;
|
|
|
5060
|
|
|
5061 for (;;)
|
|
|
5062 {
|
|
|
5063 if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
|
|
|
5064 && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
|
|
|
5065 {
|
|
|
5066 opt_len = 3;
|
|
|
5067 list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
|
|
|
5068 }
|
|
|
5069 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
|
|
|
5070 && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
|
|
|
5071 {
|
|
|
5072 opt_len = 6;
|
|
|
5073 list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
|
|
|
5074 }
|
|
|
5075 else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5076 && (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
|
|
|
5077 {
|
|
|
5078 opt_len = 8;
|
|
|
5079 list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
|
|
|
5080 }
|
|
|
5081 else
|
|
|
5082 break;
|
|
|
5083
|
|
|
5084 clstr_list = NULL;
|
|
|
5085 if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5086 {
|
|
|
5087 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
|
|
|
5088 break;
|
|
|
5089 }
|
|
|
5090 syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curbuf)[scl_id].scl_list,
|
|
|
5091 &clstr_list, list_op);
|
|
|
5092 got_clstr = TRUE;
|
|
|
5093 }
|
|
|
5094
|
|
|
5095 if (got_clstr)
|
|
|
5096 {
|
|
|
5097 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5098 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100 }
|
|
|
5101
|
|
|
5102 if (!got_clstr)
|
|
|
5103 EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
|
|
|
5104 if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
|
|
|
5105 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
5106 }
|
|
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 /*
|
|
|
5109 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
|
|
|
5110 */
|
|
|
5111 static void
|
|
|
5112 init_syn_patterns()
|
|
|
5113 {
|
|
|
5114 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
|
|
|
5115 curbuf->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
5116 }
|
|
|
5117
|
|
|
5118 /*
|
|
|
5119 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
|
|
|
5120 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
|
|
|
5121 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
|
|
|
5122 */
|
|
|
5123 static char_u *
|
|
|
5124 get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
|
|
|
5125 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5126 synpat_T *ci;
|
|
|
5127 {
|
|
|
5128 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5129 int *p;
|
|
|
5130 int idx;
|
|
|
5131 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5132
|
|
|
5133 /* need at least three chars */
|
|
|
5134 if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
|
|
|
5135 return NULL;
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137 end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5138 if (*end != *arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5139 {
|
|
|
5140 EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5141 return NULL;
|
|
|
5142 }
|
|
|
5143 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5144 if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5145 return NULL;
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5148 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5149 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5150 ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5151 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5154 return NULL;
|
|
|
5155 ci->sp_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 /*
|
|
|
5158 * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
|
|
|
5159 */
|
|
|
5160 ++end;
|
|
|
5161 do
|
|
|
5162 {
|
|
|
5163 for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
|
|
|
5164 if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
|
|
|
5165 break;
|
|
|
5166 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5167 {
|
|
|
5168 p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
|
|
|
5169 if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
|
|
|
5170 switch (end[3])
|
|
|
5171 {
|
|
|
5172 case 's': break;
|
|
|
5173 case 'b': break;
|
|
|
5174 case 'e': idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
|
|
|
5175 default: idx = -1; break;
|
|
|
5176 }
|
|
|
5177 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
5178 {
|
|
|
5179 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
|
|
|
5180 if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF) /* lc=99 */
|
|
|
5181 {
|
|
|
5182 end += 3;
|
|
|
5183 *p = getdigits(&end);
|
|
|
5184
|
|
|
5185 /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
|
|
|
5186 if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
|
|
|
5187 {
|
|
|
5188 ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
|
|
|
5189 ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
|
|
|
5190 }
|
|
|
5191 }
|
|
|
5192 else /* yy=x+99 */
|
|
|
5193 {
|
|
|
5194 end += 4;
|
|
|
5195 if (*end == '+')
|
|
|
5196 {
|
|
|
5197 ++end;
|
|
|
5198 *p = getdigits(&end); /* positive offset */
|
|
|
5199 }
|
|
|
5200 else if (*end == '-')
|
|
|
5201 {
|
|
|
5202 ++end;
|
|
|
5203 *p = -getdigits(&end); /* negative offset */
|
|
|
5204 }
|
|
|
5205 }
|
|
|
5206 if (*end != ',')
|
|
|
5207 break;
|
|
|
5208 ++end;
|
|
|
5209 }
|
|
|
5210 }
|
|
|
5211 } while (idx >= 0);
|
|
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
|
|
|
5214 {
|
|
|
5215 EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
5216 return NULL;
|
|
|
5217 }
|
|
|
5218 return skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5219 }
|
|
|
5220
|
|
|
5221 /*
|
|
|
5222 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
|
|
|
5223 */
|
|
|
5224 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
5225 static void
|
|
|
5226 syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
|
|
|
5227 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5228 int syncing; /* not used */
|
|
|
5229 {
|
|
|
5230 char_u *arg_start = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5231 char_u *arg_end;
|
|
|
5232 char_u *key = NULL;
|
|
|
5233 char_u *next_arg;
|
|
|
5234 int illegal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5235 int finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
5236 long n;
|
|
|
5237 char_u *cpo_save;
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5240 {
|
|
|
5241 syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5242 return;
|
|
|
5243 }
|
|
|
5244
|
|
|
5245 while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
|
|
|
5246 {
|
|
|
5247 arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
|
|
|
5248 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5249 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5250 key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
|
|
|
5251 if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
|
|
|
5252 {
|
|
|
5253 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5254 curbuf->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
|
|
|
5255 if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
|
|
|
5256 {
|
|
|
5257 arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
|
|
|
5258 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5259 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
|
|
|
5260 (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
|
|
|
5261 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263 else if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5264 curbuf->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
|
|
|
5265 }
|
|
|
5266 else if ( STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
|
|
|
5267 || STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5268 || STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
|
|
|
5269 || STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
|
|
|
5270 {
|
|
|
5271 if (key[4] == 'S')
|
|
|
5272 arg_end = key + 6;
|
|
|
5273 else if (key[0] == 'L')
|
|
|
5274 arg_end = key + 11;
|
|
|
5275 else
|
|
|
5276 arg_end = key + 9;
|
|
|
5277 if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5280 break;
|
|
|
5281 }
|
|
|
5282 n = getdigits(&arg_end);
|
|
|
5283 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5284 {
|
|
|
5285 if (key[4] == 'B')
|
|
|
5286 curbuf->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
|
|
|
5287 else if (key[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5288 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
|
|
|
5289 else
|
|
|
5290 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
|
|
|
5291 }
|
|
|
5292 }
|
|
|
5293 else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
|
|
|
5294 {
|
|
|
5295 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5296 {
|
|
|
5297 curbuf->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
|
|
|
5298 curbuf->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
|
|
|
5299 }
|
|
|
5300 }
|
|
|
5301 else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
|
|
|
5302 {
|
|
|
5303 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
|
|
|
5304 {
|
|
|
5305 EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
|
|
|
5306 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5307 break;
|
|
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309 arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
|
5310 if (*arg_end != *next_arg) /* end delimiter not found */
|
|
|
5311 {
|
|
|
5312 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5313 break;
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
5317 {
|
|
|
5318 /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
|
|
|
5319 if ((curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
|
|
|
5320 (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5321 {
|
|
|
5322 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5323 break;
|
|
|
5324 }
|
|
|
5325 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_ic = curbuf->b_syn_ic;
|
|
|
5326
|
|
|
5327 /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
|
|
|
5328 cpo_save = p_cpo;
|
|
|
5329 p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5330 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog =
|
|
|
5331 vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5332 p_cpo = cpo_save;
|
|
|
5333
|
|
|
5334 if (curbuf->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
5335 {
|
|
|
5336 vim_free(curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat);
|
|
|
5337 curbuf->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
5338 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5339 break;
|
|
|
5340 }
|
|
|
5341 }
|
|
|
5342 next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
|
|
|
5343 }
|
|
|
5344 else
|
|
|
5345 {
|
|
|
5346 eap->arg = next_arg;
|
|
|
5347 if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
|
|
|
5348 syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5349 else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
|
|
|
5350 syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5351 else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
|
|
|
5352 syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
|
|
|
5353 else
|
|
|
5354 illegal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5355 finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
5356 break;
|
|
|
5357 }
|
|
|
5358 arg_start = next_arg;
|
|
|
5359 }
|
|
|
5360 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
5361 if (illegal)
|
|
|
5362 EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
|
|
|
5363 else if (!finished)
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
|
|
|
5366 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
5367 syn_stack_free_all(curbuf); /* Need to recompute all syntax. */
|
|
|
5368 }
|
|
|
5369 }
|
|
|
5370
|
|
|
5371 /*
|
|
|
5372 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
|
|
|
5373 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
|
|
|
5374 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
|
|
|
5375 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
|
|
|
5376 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
|
|
|
5377 */
|
|
|
5378 static int
|
|
|
5379 get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
|
|
|
5380 char_u **arg;
|
|
|
5381 int keylen; /* length of keyword */
|
|
|
5382 short **list; /* where to store the resulting list, if not
|
|
|
5383 NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
|
|
|
5384 {
|
|
|
5385 char_u *p = NULL;
|
|
|
5386 char_u *end;
|
|
|
5387 int round;
|
|
|
5388 int count;
|
|
|
5389 int total_count = 0;
|
|
|
5390 short *retval = NULL;
|
|
|
5391 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5392 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
5393 int id;
|
|
|
5394 int i;
|
|
|
5395 int failed = FALSE;
|
|
|
5396
|
|
|
5397 /*
|
|
|
5398 * We parse the list twice:
|
|
|
5399 * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
|
|
|
5400 * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
|
|
|
5401 * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
|
|
|
5402 * grow when a regexp is used. In that case round 1 is done once again.
|
|
|
5403 */
|
|
|
5404 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
5405 {
|
|
|
5406 /*
|
|
|
5407 * skip "contains"
|
|
|
5408 */
|
|
|
5409 p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
|
|
|
5410 if (*p != '=')
|
|
|
5411 {
|
|
|
5412 EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5413 break;
|
|
|
5414 }
|
|
|
5415 p = skipwhite(p + 1);
|
|
|
5416 if (ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5417 {
|
|
|
5418 EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
|
|
|
5419 break;
|
|
|
5420 }
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 /*
|
|
|
5423 * parse the arguments after "contains"
|
|
|
5424 */
|
|
|
5425 count = 0;
|
|
|
5426 while (!ends_excmd(*p))
|
|
|
5427 {
|
|
|
5428 for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
|
|
|
5429 ;
|
|
|
5430 name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3)); /* leave room for "^$" */
|
|
|
5431 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
5432 {
|
|
|
5433 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5434 break;
|
|
|
5435 }
|
|
|
5436 STRNCPY(name + 1, p, end - p);
|
|
|
5437 name[end - p + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5438 if ( STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
|
|
|
5439 || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
|
|
|
5440 || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
|
|
|
5441 || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
|
|
|
5442 {
|
|
|
5443 if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
|
|
|
5444 {
|
|
|
5445 EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5446 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5447 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5448 break;
|
|
|
5449 }
|
|
|
5450 if (count != 0)
|
|
|
5451 {
|
|
|
5452 EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
|
|
|
5453 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5454 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5455 break;
|
|
|
5456 }
|
|
|
5457 if (name[1] == 'A')
|
|
|
5458 id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
|
|
|
5459 else if (name[1] == 'T')
|
|
|
5460 id = SYNID_TOP;
|
|
|
5461 else
|
|
|
5462 id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
|
|
|
5463 id += current_syn_inc_tag;
|
|
|
5464 }
|
|
|
5465 else if (name[1] == '@')
|
|
|
5466 {
|
|
|
5467 id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469 else
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 /*
|
|
|
5472 * Handle full group name.
|
|
|
5473 */
|
|
|
5474 if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
|
|
|
5475 id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
5476 else
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 /*
|
|
|
5479 * Handle match of regexp with group names.
|
|
|
5480 */
|
|
|
5481 *name = '^';
|
|
|
5482 STRCAT(name, "$");
|
|
|
5483 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
5484 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
5485 {
|
|
|
5486 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5487 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5488 break;
|
|
|
5489 }
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
|
|
|
5492 id = 0;
|
|
|
5493 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5494 {
|
|
|
5495 if (vim_regexec(®match, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
|
|
|
5496 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
5497 {
|
|
|
5498 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5499 {
|
|
|
5500 /* Got more items than expected; can happen
|
|
|
5501 * when adding items that match:
|
|
|
5502 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
|
|
|
5503 * Go back to first round */
|
|
|
5504 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5505 {
|
|
|
5506 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5507 round = 1;
|
|
|
5508 }
|
|
|
5509 else
|
|
|
5510 retval[count] = i + 1;
|
|
|
5511 }
|
|
|
5512 ++count;
|
|
|
5513 id = -1; /* remember that we found one */
|
|
|
5514 }
|
|
|
5515 }
|
|
|
5516 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
5517 }
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
5520 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
5521 {
|
|
|
5522 EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
|
|
|
5523 failed = TRUE;
|
|
|
5524 break;
|
|
|
5525 }
|
|
|
5526 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
5527 {
|
|
|
5528 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
5529 {
|
|
|
5530 /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
|
|
|
5531 if (count >= total_count)
|
|
|
5532 {
|
|
|
5533 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5534 round = 1;
|
|
|
5535 }
|
|
|
5536 else
|
|
|
5537 retval[count] = id;
|
|
|
5538 }
|
|
|
5539 ++count;
|
|
|
5540 }
|
|
|
5541 p = skipwhite(end);
|
|
|
5542 if (*p != ',')
|
|
|
5543 break;
|
|
|
5544 p = skipwhite(p + 1); /* skip comma in between arguments */
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546 if (failed)
|
|
|
5547 break;
|
|
|
5548 if (round == 1)
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
|
|
|
5551 if (retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5552 break;
|
|
|
5553 retval[count] = 0; /* zero means end of the list */
|
|
|
5554 total_count = count;
|
|
|
5555 }
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 *arg = p;
|
|
|
5559 if (failed || retval == NULL)
|
|
|
5560 {
|
|
|
5561 vim_free(retval);
|
|
|
5562 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5563 }
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 if (*list == NULL)
|
|
|
5566 *list = retval;
|
|
|
5567 else
|
|
|
5568 vim_free(retval); /* list already found, don't overwrite it */
|
|
|
5569
|
|
|
5570 return OK;
|
|
|
5571 }
|
|
|
5572
|
|
|
5573 /*
|
|
|
5574 * Make a copy of an ID list.
|
|
|
5575 */
|
|
|
5576 static short *
|
|
|
5577 copy_id_list(list)
|
|
|
5578 short *list;
|
|
|
5579 {
|
|
|
5580 int len;
|
|
|
5581 int count;
|
|
|
5582 short *retval;
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5585 return NULL;
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
|
|
|
5588 ;
|
|
|
5589 len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
|
|
|
5590 retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
5591 if (retval != NULL)
|
|
|
5592 mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
5593
|
|
|
5594 return retval;
|
|
|
5595 }
|
|
|
5596
|
|
|
5597 /*
|
|
|
5598 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
|
|
|
5599 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
|
|
|
5600 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
|
|
|
5601 * the current item.
|
|
|
5602 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
|
|
|
5603 */
|
|
|
5604 static int
|
|
|
5605 in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
|
|
|
5606 stateitem_T *cur_si; /* current item or NULL */
|
|
|
5607 short *list; /* id list */
|
|
|
5608 struct sp_syn *ssp; /* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
|
|
|
5609 int contained; /* group id is contained */
|
|
|
5610 {
|
|
|
5611 int retval;
|
|
|
5612 short *scl_list;
|
|
|
5613 short item;
|
|
|
5614 short id = ssp->id;
|
|
|
5615 static int depth = 0;
|
|
|
5616 int r;
|
|
|
5617
|
|
|
5618 /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
|
|
|
5619 if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL)
|
|
|
5620 {
|
|
|
5621 /* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument. Double check
|
|
|
5622 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
|
|
|
5623 while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
|
|
|
5624 && cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
|
|
|
5625 --cur_si;
|
|
|
5626 /* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
|
|
|
5627 if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
|
|
|
5628 &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
|
|
|
5629 SYN_ITEMS(syn_buf)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
|
|
|
5630 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5631 }
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 if (list == NULL)
|
|
|
5634 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 /*
|
|
|
5637 * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
|
|
|
5638 * inside anything. Only allow not-contained groups.
|
|
|
5639 */
|
|
|
5640 if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
|
|
|
5641 return !contained;
|
|
|
5642
|
|
|
5643 /*
|
|
|
5644 * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
|
|
|
5645 * contains list. We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
|
|
|
5646 * level as the list.
|
|
|
5647 */
|
|
|
5648 item = *list;
|
|
|
5649 if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5650 {
|
|
|
5651 if (item < SYNID_TOP)
|
|
|
5652 {
|
|
|
5653 /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5654 if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
|
|
|
5655 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5656 }
|
|
|
5657 else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
|
|
|
5658 {
|
|
|
5659 /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5660 if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
|
|
|
5661 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5662 }
|
|
|
5663 else
|
|
|
5664 {
|
|
|
5665 /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
|
|
|
5666 if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
|
|
|
5667 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5668 }
|
|
|
5669 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5670 retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
5671 }
|
|
|
5672 else
|
|
|
5673 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 /*
|
|
|
5676 * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
|
|
|
5677 */
|
|
|
5678 while (item != 0)
|
|
|
5679 {
|
|
|
5680 if (item == id)
|
|
|
5681 return retval;
|
|
|
5682 if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
|
|
|
5683 {
|
|
|
5684 scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_buf)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
|
|
|
5685 /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
|
|
|
5686 * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
|
|
|
5687 if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
|
|
|
5688 {
|
|
|
5689 ++depth;
|
|
|
5690 r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
|
|
|
5691 --depth;
|
|
|
5692 if (r)
|
|
|
5693 return retval;
|
|
|
5694 }
|
|
|
5695 }
|
|
|
5696 item = *++list;
|
|
|
5697 }
|
|
|
5698 return !retval;
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 struct subcommand
|
|
|
5702 {
|
|
|
5703 char *name; /* subcommand name */
|
|
|
5704 void (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int)); /* function to call */
|
|
|
5705 };
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
|
|
|
5708 {
|
|
|
5709 {"case", syn_cmd_case},
|
|
|
5710 {"clear", syn_cmd_clear},
|
|
|
5711 {"cluster", syn_cmd_cluster},
|
|
|
5712 {"enable", syn_cmd_enable},
|
|
|
5713 {"include", syn_cmd_include},
|
|
|
5714 {"keyword", syn_cmd_keyword},
|
|
|
5715 {"list", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5716 {"manual", syn_cmd_manual},
|
|
|
5717 {"match", syn_cmd_match},
|
|
|
5718 {"on", syn_cmd_on},
|
|
|
5719 {"off", syn_cmd_off},
|
|
|
5720 {"region", syn_cmd_region},
|
|
|
5721 {"reset", syn_cmd_reset},
|
|
|
5722 {"sync", syn_cmd_sync},
|
|
|
5723 {"", syn_cmd_list},
|
|
|
5724 {NULL, NULL}
|
|
|
5725 };
|
|
|
5726
|
|
|
5727 /*
|
|
|
5728 * ":syntax".
|
|
|
5729 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
|
|
|
5730 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
|
|
|
5731 */
|
|
|
5732 void
|
|
|
5733 ex_syntax(eap)
|
|
|
5734 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5735 {
|
|
|
5736 char_u *arg = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5737 char_u *subcmd_end;
|
|
|
5738 char_u *subcmd_name;
|
|
|
5739 int i;
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;
|
|
|
5742
|
|
|
5743 /* isolate subcommand name */
|
|
|
5744 for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
|
|
|
5745 ;
|
|
|
5746 subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
|
|
|
5747 if (subcmd_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5748 {
|
|
|
5749 if (eap->skip) /* skip error messages for all subcommands */
|
|
|
5750 ++emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5751 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
5752 {
|
|
|
5753 if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
5754 {
|
|
|
5755 EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5756 break;
|
|
|
5757 }
|
|
|
5758 if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
5759 {
|
|
|
5760 eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
|
|
|
5761 (subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
5762 break;
|
|
|
5763 }
|
|
|
5764 }
|
|
|
5765 vim_free(subcmd_name);
|
|
|
5766 if (eap->skip)
|
|
|
5767 --emsg_skip;
|
|
|
5768 }
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 int
|
|
|
5772 syntax_present(buf)
|
|
|
5773 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
5774 {
|
|
|
5775 return (buf->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5776 || buf->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
|
|
|
5777 || curbuf->b_keywtab != NULL
|
|
|
5778 || curbuf->b_keywtab_ic != NULL);
|
|
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5782
|
|
|
5783 static enum
|
|
|
5784 {
|
|
|
5785 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
|
|
|
5786 EXP_CASE /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
|
|
|
5787 } expand_what;
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789
|
|
|
5790 /*
|
|
|
5791 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
|
|
|
5792 */
|
|
|
5793 void
|
|
|
5794 set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
5795 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5796 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
5797 {
|
|
|
5798 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 /* Default: expand subcommands */
|
|
|
5801 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
|
|
|
5802 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
|
|
|
5803 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
5804 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
5805 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
5806
|
|
|
5807 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
5808 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
5809 {
|
|
|
5810 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
5811 if (*p != NUL) /* past first word */
|
|
|
5812 {
|
|
|
5813 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5814 if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
|
|
|
5815 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5816 else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5817 expand_what = EXP_CASE;
|
|
|
5818 else if ( STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5819 || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5820 || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
5821 || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5822 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
5823 else
|
|
|
5824 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
5825 }
|
|
|
5826 }
|
|
|
5827 }
|
|
|
5828
|
|
|
5829 static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};
|
|
|
5830
|
|
|
5831 /*
|
|
|
5832 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
|
|
|
5833 * expansion.
|
|
|
5834 */
|
|
|
5835 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5836 char_u *
|
|
|
5837 get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5838 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5839 int idx;
|
|
|
5840 {
|
|
|
5841 if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
|
|
|
5842 return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
|
|
|
5843 return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
|
|
|
5844 }
|
|
|
5845
|
|
|
5846 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5849 /*
|
|
|
5850 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
|
|
|
5851 */
|
|
|
5852 int
|
|
|
5853 syn_get_id(lnum, col, trans)
|
|
|
5854 long lnum;
|
|
|
5855 long col;
|
|
|
5856 int trans; /* remove transparancy */
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
|
5858 /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
|
|
|
5859 * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
|
|
|
5860 if (curwin->w_buffer != syn_buf
|
|
|
5861 || lnum != current_lnum
|
|
|
5862 || col < (long)current_col)
|
|
|
5863 syntax_start(curwin, lnum);
|
|
|
5864
|
|
|
5865 (void)get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)col);
|
|
|
5866
|
|
|
5867 return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
|
|
|
5868 }
|
|
|
5869 #endif
|
|
|
5870
|
|
|
5871 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5872 /*
|
|
|
5873 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
|
|
|
5874 */
|
|
|
5875 int
|
|
|
5876 syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
|
|
|
5877 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
5878 long lnum;
|
|
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 int level = 0;
|
|
|
5881 int i;
|
|
|
5882
|
|
|
5883 /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
|
|
|
5884 if (wp->w_buffer->b_syn_folditems != 0)
|
|
|
5885 {
|
|
|
5886 syntax_start(wp, lnum);
|
|
|
5887
|
|
|
5888 for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5889 if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
|
|
|
5890 ++level;
|
|
|
5891 }
|
|
|
5892 if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
|
|
|
5893 level = wp->w_p_fdn;
|
|
|
5894 return level;
|
|
|
5895 }
|
|
|
5896 #endif
|
|
|
5897
|
|
|
5898 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900
|
|
|
5901 /**************************************
|
|
|
5902 * Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
5903 **************************************/
|
|
|
5904
|
|
|
5905 /*
|
|
|
5906 * The default highlight groups. These are compiled-in for fast startup and
|
|
|
5907 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
|
|
|
5908 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
|
|
|
5909 */
|
|
|
5910 static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
|
|
|
5911 {
|
|
|
5912 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5913 "Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
|
|
|
5914 "lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
|
|
|
5915 #endif
|
|
|
5916 "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White",
|
|
|
5917 "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
5918 "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold",
|
|
|
5919 "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
5920 "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold",
|
|
|
5921 "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
5922 "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse",
|
|
|
5923 "Visual term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse guifg=Grey guibg=fg",
|
|
|
5924 "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold",
|
|
|
5925 "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red",
|
|
|
5926 NULL
|
|
|
5927 };
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
|
|
|
5930 {
|
|
|
5931 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
5932 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown",
|
|
|
5933 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
5934 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
5935 "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
5936 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE",
|
|
|
5937 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue",
|
|
|
5938 "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
5939 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
5940 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
5941 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
5942 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
5943 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
5944 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue",
|
|
|
5945 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta",
|
|
|
5946 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan",
|
|
|
5947 NULL
|
|
|
5948 };
|
|
|
5949
|
|
|
5950 static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
|
|
|
5951 {
|
|
|
5952 "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5953 "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow",
|
|
|
5954 "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen",
|
|
|
5955 "Normal gui=NONE",
|
|
|
5956 "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green",
|
|
|
5957 "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
5958 "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5959 "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta",
|
|
|
5960 "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red",
|
|
|
5961 "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black",
|
|
|
5962 "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5963 "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5964 "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan",
|
|
|
5965 "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue",
|
|
|
5966 "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta",
|
|
|
5967 "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan",
|
|
|
5968 NULL
|
|
|
5969 };
|
|
|
5970
|
|
|
5971 void
|
|
|
5972 init_highlight(both, reset)
|
|
|
5973 int both; /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
|
|
|
5974 int reset; /* clear group first */
|
|
|
5975 {
|
|
|
5976 int i;
|
|
|
5977 char **pp;
|
|
|
5978 static int had_both = FALSE;
|
|
|
5979 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5980 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5981
|
|
|
5982 /*
|
|
|
5983 * Try finding the color scheme file. Used when a color file was loaded
|
|
|
5984 * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
|
|
|
5985 */
|
|
|
5986 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
|
|
|
5987 if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
|
|
|
5988 return;
|
|
|
5989 #endif
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 /*
|
|
|
5992 * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
|
|
|
5993 */
|
|
|
5994 if (both)
|
|
|
5995 {
|
|
|
5996 had_both = TRUE;
|
|
|
5997 pp = highlight_init_both;
|
|
|
5998 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
5999 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6000 }
|
|
|
6001 else if (!had_both)
|
|
|
6002 /* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
|
|
|
6003 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
|
|
|
6004 * everything anyway. */
|
|
|
6005 return;
|
|
|
6006
|
|
|
6007 if (*p_bg == 'l')
|
|
|
6008 pp = highlight_init_light;
|
|
|
6009 else
|
|
|
6010 pp = highlight_init_dark;
|
|
|
6011 for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
|
|
|
6012 do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
|
|
|
6013
|
|
|
6014 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6015 /*
|
|
|
6016 * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
|
|
|
6017 */
|
|
|
6018 if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
|
|
|
6019 (void)cmd_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
|
|
|
6020 #endif
|
|
|
6021 }
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 /*
|
|
|
6024 * Load color file "p".
|
|
|
6025 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
6026 */
|
|
|
6027 int
|
|
|
6028 load_colors(p)
|
|
|
6029 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6030 {
|
|
|
6031 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
6032 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
6033 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6034
|
|
|
6035 /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
|
|
|
6036 * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded. This means it is
|
|
|
6037 * working, thus we should return OK. */
|
|
|
6038 if (recursive)
|
|
|
6039 return OK;
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
6042 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(p) + 12));
|
|
|
6043 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
6044 {
|
|
|
6045 sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", p);
|
|
|
6046 retval = cmd_runtime(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
6047 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
6048 }
|
|
|
6049 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
6050
|
|
|
6051 return retval;
|
|
|
6052 }
|
|
|
6053
|
|
|
6054 /*
|
|
|
6055 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
|
|
|
6056 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
|
|
|
6057 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
|
|
|
6058 */
|
|
|
6059 void
|
|
|
6060 do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
|
|
|
6061 char_u *line;
|
|
|
6062 int forceit;
|
|
|
6063 int init; /* TRUE when called for initializing */
|
|
|
6064 {
|
|
|
6065 char_u *name_end;
|
|
|
6066 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6067 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
6068 char_u *key_start;
|
|
|
6069 char_u *arg_start;
|
|
|
6070 char_u *key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
|
|
|
6071 long i;
|
|
|
6072 int off;
|
|
|
6073 int len;
|
|
|
6074 int attr;
|
|
|
6075 int id;
|
|
|
6076 int idx;
|
|
|
6077 int dodefault = FALSE;
|
|
|
6078 int doclear = FALSE;
|
|
|
6079 int dolink = FALSE;
|
|
|
6080 int error = FALSE;
|
|
|
6081 int color;
|
|
|
6082 int is_normal_group = FALSE; /* "Normal" group */
|
|
|
6083 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6084 int is_menu_group = FALSE; /* "Menu" group */
|
|
|
6085 int is_scrollbar_group = FALSE; /* "Scrollbar" group */
|
|
|
6086 int is_tooltip_group = FALSE; /* "Tooltip" group */
|
|
|
6087 int do_colors = FALSE; /* need to update colors? */
|
|
|
6088 #else
|
|
|
6089 # define is_menu_group 0
|
|
|
6090 # define is_tooltip_group 0
|
|
|
6091 #endif
|
|
|
6092
|
|
|
6093 /*
|
|
|
6094 * If no argument, list current highlighting.
|
|
|
6095 */
|
|
|
6096 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6097 {
|
|
|
6098 for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
6099 /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
|
|
|
6100 highlight_list_one((int)i);
|
|
|
6101 return;
|
|
|
6102 }
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 /*
|
|
|
6105 * Isolate the name.
|
|
|
6106 */
|
|
|
6107 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6108 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 /*
|
|
|
6111 * Check for "default" argument.
|
|
|
6112 */
|
|
|
6113 if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6114 {
|
|
|
6115 dodefault = TRUE;
|
|
|
6116 line = linep;
|
|
|
6117 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6118 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6119 }
|
|
|
6120
|
|
|
6121 /*
|
|
|
6122 * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
|
|
|
6123 */
|
|
|
6124 if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6125 doclear = TRUE;
|
|
|
6126 if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
|
|
|
6127 dolink = TRUE;
|
|
|
6128
|
|
|
6129 /*
|
|
|
6130 * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6131 */
|
|
|
6132 if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6133 {
|
|
|
6134 id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6135 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
6136 EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
|
|
|
6137 else
|
|
|
6138 highlight_list_one(id);
|
|
|
6139 return;
|
|
|
6140 }
|
|
|
6141
|
|
|
6142 /*
|
|
|
6143 * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
|
|
|
6144 */
|
|
|
6145 if (dolink)
|
|
|
6146 {
|
|
|
6147 char_u *from_start = linep;
|
|
|
6148 char_u *from_end;
|
|
|
6149 char_u *to_start;
|
|
|
6150 char_u *to_end;
|
|
|
6151 int from_id;
|
|
|
6152 int to_id;
|
|
|
6153
|
|
|
6154 from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
|
|
|
6155 to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
|
|
|
6156 to_end = skiptowhite(to_start);
|
|
|
6157
|
|
|
6158 if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
|
|
|
6159 {
|
|
|
6160 EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
|
|
|
6161 from_start);
|
|
|
6162 return;
|
|
|
6163 }
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
|
|
|
6166 {
|
|
|
6167 EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
|
|
|
6168 return;
|
|
|
6169 }
|
|
|
6170
|
|
|
6171 from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
|
|
|
6172 if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
6173 to_id = 0;
|
|
|
6174 else
|
|
|
6175 to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
|
|
|
6178 {
|
|
|
6179 /*
|
|
|
6180 * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
|
|
|
6181 * for the group, unless '!' is used
|
|
|
6182 */
|
|
|
6183 if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
|
|
|
6184 && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
|
|
|
6185 {
|
|
|
6186 if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
|
|
|
6187 EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
|
|
|
6188 }
|
|
|
6189 else
|
|
|
6190 {
|
|
|
6191 if (!init)
|
|
|
6192 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
|
|
|
6193 HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
|
|
|
6194 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6195 }
|
|
|
6196 }
|
|
|
6197
|
|
|
6198 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6199 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 return;
|
|
|
6202 }
|
|
|
6203
|
|
|
6204 if (doclear)
|
|
|
6205 {
|
|
|
6206 /*
|
|
|
6207 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
|
|
|
6208 */
|
|
|
6209 line = linep;
|
|
|
6210 if (ends_excmd(*line))
|
|
|
6211 {
|
|
|
6212 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6213 /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
|
|
|
6214 * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
|
|
|
6215 * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
|
|
|
6216 * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
|
|
|
6217 * invalid because they were free'd.
|
|
|
6218 */
|
|
|
6219 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6220 {
|
|
|
6221 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
6222 gui_init_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
6223 # endif
|
|
|
6224 # if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
|
|
|
6225 gui_init_menu_font();
|
|
|
6226 # endif
|
|
|
6227 }
|
|
|
6228 # if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
|
|
|
6229 gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
6230 # endif
|
|
|
6231 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6232 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6233
|
|
|
6234 /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
|
|
|
6235 * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
|
|
|
6236 */
|
|
|
6237 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6238 # endif
|
|
|
6239 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6240 {
|
|
|
6241 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6242 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6243 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6244 # endif
|
|
|
6245 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6246 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
6247 # endif
|
|
|
6248 }
|
|
|
6249 # endif
|
|
|
6250
|
|
|
6251 /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
|
|
|
6252 * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
|
|
|
6253 * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
|
|
|
6254 */
|
|
|
6255 #endif
|
|
|
6256 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6257 do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name");
|
|
|
6258 #endif
|
|
|
6259 restore_cterm_colors();
|
|
|
6260
|
|
|
6261 /*
|
|
|
6262 * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
|
|
|
6263 */
|
|
|
6264 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
6265 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6266 init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
6267 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6268 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6269 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6270 #endif
|
|
|
6271 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
6272 redraw_later_clear();
|
|
|
6273 return;
|
|
|
6274 }
|
|
|
6275 name_end = skiptowhite(line);
|
|
|
6276 linep = skipwhite(name_end);
|
|
|
6277 }
|
|
|
6278
|
|
|
6279 /*
|
|
|
6280 * Find the group name in the table. If it does not exist yet, add it.
|
|
|
6281 */
|
|
|
6282 id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
|
|
|
6283 if (id == 0) /* failed (out of memory) */
|
|
|
6284 return;
|
|
|
6285 idx = id - 1; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
6286
|
|
|
6287 /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
|
|
|
6288 if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
|
|
|
6289 return;
|
|
|
6290
|
|
|
6291 if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
6292 is_normal_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6293 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6294 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
|
|
|
6295 is_menu_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6296 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
|
|
|
6297 is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6298 else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
|
|
|
6299 is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
|
|
|
6300 #endif
|
|
|
6301
|
|
|
6302 /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
|
|
|
6303 if (doclear || (forceit && init))
|
|
|
6304 {
|
|
|
6305 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6306 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6307 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
|
|
|
6308 }
|
|
|
6309
|
|
|
6310 if (!doclear)
|
|
|
6311 while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
|
|
|
6312 {
|
|
|
6313 key_start = linep;
|
|
|
6314 if (*linep == '=')
|
|
|
6315 {
|
|
|
6316 EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6317 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6318 break;
|
|
|
6319 }
|
|
|
6320
|
|
|
6321 /*
|
|
|
6322 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
|
|
|
6323 * "guibg").
|
|
|
6324 */
|
|
|
6325 while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
|
|
|
6326 ++linep;
|
|
|
6327 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6328 key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
|
|
|
6329 if (key == NULL)
|
|
|
6330 {
|
|
|
6331 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6332 break;
|
|
|
6333 }
|
|
|
6334 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6335
|
|
|
6336 if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
6337 {
|
|
|
6338 if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
|
|
|
6339 {
|
|
|
6340 if (!init)
|
|
|
6341 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6342 highlight_clear(idx);
|
|
|
6343 }
|
|
|
6344 continue;
|
|
|
6345 }
|
|
|
6346
|
|
|
6347 /*
|
|
|
6348 * Check for the equal sign.
|
|
|
6349 */
|
|
|
6350 if (*linep != '=')
|
|
|
6351 {
|
|
|
6352 EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6353 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6354 break;
|
|
|
6355 }
|
|
|
6356 ++linep;
|
|
|
6357
|
|
|
6358 /*
|
|
|
6359 * Isolate the argument.
|
|
|
6360 */
|
|
|
6361 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6362 if (*linep == '\'') /* guifg='color name' */
|
|
|
6363 {
|
|
|
6364 arg_start = ++linep;
|
|
|
6365 linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
|
|
|
6366 if (linep == NULL)
|
|
|
6367 {
|
|
|
6368 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
|
|
|
6369 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6370 break;
|
|
|
6371 }
|
|
|
6372 }
|
|
|
6373 else
|
|
|
6374 {
|
|
|
6375 arg_start = linep;
|
|
|
6376 linep = skiptowhite(linep);
|
|
|
6377 }
|
|
|
6378 if (linep == arg_start)
|
|
|
6379 {
|
|
|
6380 EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6381 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6382 break;
|
|
|
6383 }
|
|
|
6384 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6385 arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
|
|
|
6386 if (arg == NULL)
|
|
|
6387 {
|
|
|
6388 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6389 break;
|
|
|
6390 }
|
|
|
6391 if (*linep == '\'')
|
|
|
6392 ++linep;
|
|
|
6393
|
|
|
6394 /*
|
|
|
6395 * Store the argument.
|
|
|
6396 */
|
|
|
6397 if ( STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
|
|
|
6398 || STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
|
|
|
6399 || STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
|
|
|
6400 {
|
|
|
6401 attr = 0;
|
|
|
6402 off = 0;
|
|
|
6403 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6404 {
|
|
|
6405 for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6406 {
|
|
|
6407 len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
6408 if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
6409 {
|
|
|
6410 attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
|
|
|
6411 off += len;
|
|
|
6412 break;
|
|
|
6413 }
|
|
|
6414 }
|
|
|
6415 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6416 {
|
|
|
6417 EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6418 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6419 break;
|
|
|
6420 }
|
|
|
6421 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6422 ++off;
|
|
|
6423 }
|
|
|
6424 if (error)
|
|
|
6425 break;
|
|
|
6426 if (*key == 'T')
|
|
|
6427 {
|
|
|
6428 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
|
|
|
6429 {
|
|
|
6430 if (!init)
|
|
|
6431 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6432 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
|
|
|
6433 }
|
|
|
6434 }
|
|
|
6435 else if (*key == 'C')
|
|
|
6436 {
|
|
|
6437 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6438 {
|
|
|
6439 if (!init)
|
|
|
6440 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6441 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
|
|
|
6442 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6443 }
|
|
|
6444 }
|
|
|
6445 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6446 else
|
|
|
6447 {
|
|
|
6448 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6449 {
|
|
|
6450 if (!init)
|
|
|
6451 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6452 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
|
|
|
6453 }
|
|
|
6454 }
|
|
|
6455 #endif
|
|
|
6456 }
|
|
|
6457 else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
|
|
|
6458 {
|
|
|
6459 /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6460 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6461 if (!gui.shell_created)
|
|
|
6462 {
|
|
|
6463 /* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
|
|
|
6464 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6465 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6466 }
|
|
|
6467 else
|
|
|
6468 {
|
|
|
6469 GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
6470 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6471 GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6472 # endif
|
|
|
6473 /* First, save the current font/fontset.
|
|
|
6474 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
|
|
|
6475 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
|
|
|
6476 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
|
|
|
6477 */
|
|
|
6478
|
|
|
6479 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6480 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6481 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6482 # endif
|
|
|
6483 hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
|
|
|
6484 is_tooltip_group);
|
|
|
6485
|
|
|
6486 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6487 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
6488 {
|
|
|
6489 /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6490 * one.
|
|
|
6491 */
|
|
|
6492 gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6493 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6494 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6495 }
|
|
|
6496 else
|
|
|
6497 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
|
|
|
6498 # endif
|
|
|
6499 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
6500 {
|
|
|
6501 /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
|
|
|
6502 * one.
|
|
|
6503 */
|
|
|
6504 gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
|
|
|
6505 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
6506 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6507 }
|
|
|
6508 else
|
|
|
6509 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
|
|
|
6510 }
|
|
|
6511 #endif
|
|
|
6512 }
|
|
|
6513 else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6514 {
|
|
|
6515 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
|
|
|
6516 {
|
|
|
6517 if (!init)
|
|
|
6518 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
|
|
|
6519
|
|
|
6520 /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
|
|
|
6521 * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
|
|
|
6522 if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
|
|
|
6523 {
|
|
|
6524 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6525 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6526 }
|
|
|
6527
|
|
|
6528 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
|
|
|
6529 color = atoi((char *)arg);
|
|
|
6530 else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
|
|
|
6531 {
|
|
|
6532 if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
|
|
|
6533 color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6534 else
|
|
|
6535 {
|
|
|
6536 EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6537 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6538 break;
|
|
|
6539 }
|
|
|
6540 }
|
|
|
6541 else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
|
|
|
6542 {
|
|
|
6543 if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
|
|
|
6544 color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
|
|
|
6545 else
|
|
|
6546 {
|
|
|
6547 EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
|
|
|
6548 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6549 break;
|
|
|
6550 }
|
|
|
6551 }
|
|
|
6552 else
|
|
|
6553 {
|
|
|
6554 static char *(color_names[28]) = {
|
|
|
6555 "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
|
|
|
6556 "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
|
|
|
6557 "Gray", "Grey",
|
|
|
6558 "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
|
|
|
6559 "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
|
|
|
6560 "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
|
|
|
6561 "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
|
|
|
6562 static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
|
|
|
6563 4, 5, 6, 6,
|
|
|
6564 7, 7,
|
|
|
6565 7, 7, 8, 8,
|
|
|
6566 9, 9, 10, 10,
|
|
|
6567 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
|
|
|
6568 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6569 /* for xterm with 88 colors... */
|
|
|
6570 static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6571 1, 5, 32, 72,
|
|
|
6572 84, 84,
|
|
|
6573 7, 7, 82, 82,
|
|
|
6574 12, 43, 10, 61,
|
|
|
6575 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
|
|
|
6576 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6577 /* for xterm with 256 colors... */
|
|
|
6578 static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6579 1, 5, 130, 130,
|
|
|
6580 248, 248,
|
|
|
6581 7, 7, 242, 242,
|
|
|
6582 12, 81, 10, 121,
|
|
|
6583 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
|
|
|
6584 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
|
|
|
6585 /* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
|
|
|
6586 static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
|
|
|
6587 1, 5, 3, 3,
|
|
|
6588 7, 7,
|
|
|
6589 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
|
|
|
6590 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
|
|
|
6591 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
|
|
|
6592 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
|
|
|
6593 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6594 static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
|
|
|
6595 /* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
|
|
|
6596 if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
6597 color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
|
|
|
6598 #endif
|
|
|
6599
|
|
|
6600 /* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
|
|
|
6601 off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
|
|
|
6602 for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
6603 if (off == color_names[i][0]
|
|
|
6604 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
6605 break;
|
|
|
6606 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
6607 {
|
|
|
6608 EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6609 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6610 break;
|
|
|
6611 }
|
|
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 /* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
|
|
|
6614 color = color_numbers_16[i];
|
|
|
6615 if (color >= 0)
|
|
|
6616 {
|
|
|
6617 if (t_colors == 8)
|
|
|
6618 {
|
|
|
6619 /* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
|
|
|
6620 #if defined(__QNXNTO__)
|
|
|
6621 color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
|
|
|
6622 #else
|
|
|
6623 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6624 #endif
|
|
|
6625 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6626 {
|
|
|
6627 /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
|
|
|
6628 * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
|
|
|
6629 if (color & 8)
|
|
|
6630 {
|
|
|
6631 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6632 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
|
|
|
6633 }
|
|
|
6634 else
|
|
|
6635 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
6636 }
|
|
|
6637 color &= 7; /* truncate to 8 colors */
|
|
|
6638 }
|
|
|
6639 else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
|
|
|
6640 || t_colors == 256)
|
|
|
6641 {
|
|
|
6642 /*
|
|
|
6643 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
|
|
|
6644 * probably an xterm-like terminal. Use the changed
|
|
|
6645 * order for colors.
|
|
|
6646 */
|
|
|
6647 if (*T_CAF != NUL)
|
|
|
6648 p = T_CAF;
|
|
|
6649 else
|
|
|
6650 p = T_CSF;
|
|
|
6651 if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
|
|
|
6652 switch (t_colors)
|
|
|
6653 {
|
|
|
6654 case 16:
|
|
|
6655 color = color_numbers_8[i];
|
|
|
6656 break;
|
|
|
6657 case 88:
|
|
|
6658 color = color_numbers_88[i];
|
|
|
6659 break;
|
|
|
6660 case 256:
|
|
|
6661 color = color_numbers_256[i];
|
|
|
6662 break;
|
|
|
6663 }
|
|
|
6664 }
|
|
|
6665 }
|
|
|
6666 }
|
|
|
6667 /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero */
|
|
|
6668 if (key[5] == 'F')
|
|
|
6669 {
|
|
|
6670 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6671 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6672 {
|
|
|
6673 cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6674 cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
|
|
|
6675 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6676 /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6677 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6678 #endif
|
|
|
6679 {
|
|
|
6680 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6681 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6682 term_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
6683 }
|
|
|
6684 }
|
|
|
6685 }
|
|
|
6686 else
|
|
|
6687 {
|
|
|
6688 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
|
|
|
6689 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6690 {
|
|
|
6691 cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
|
|
|
6692 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6693 /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
|
|
|
6694 if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
|
|
|
6695 #endif
|
|
|
6696 {
|
|
|
6697 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
6698 if (termcap_active)
|
|
|
6699 term_bg_color(color);
|
|
|
6700 if (t_colors < 16)
|
|
|
6701 i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
|
|
|
6702 else
|
|
|
6703 i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
|
|
|
6704 /* Set the 'background' option if the value is wrong. */
|
|
|
6705 if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
|
|
|
6706 set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
|
|
|
6707 i ? (char_u *)"dark" : (char_u *)"light", 0);
|
|
|
6708 }
|
|
|
6709 }
|
|
|
6710 }
|
|
|
6711 }
|
|
|
6712 }
|
|
|
6713 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
|
|
|
6714 {
|
|
|
6715 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guifg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6716 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6717 {
|
|
|
6718 if (!init)
|
|
|
6719 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6720
|
|
|
6721 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6722 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6723 {
|
|
|
6724 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
|
|
|
6725 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
6726 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6727 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6728 else
|
|
|
6729 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6730 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6731 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6732 gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6733 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6734 gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6735 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6736 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6737 gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6738 # endif
|
|
|
6739 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
|
6740 # endif
|
|
|
6741 }
|
|
|
6742 }
|
|
|
6743 #endif
|
|
|
6744 }
|
|
|
6745 else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
|
|
|
6746 {
|
|
|
6747 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI guibg colors are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6748 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
|
|
|
6749 {
|
|
|
6750 if (!init)
|
|
|
6751 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
|
|
|
6752
|
|
|
6753 i = color_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
6754 if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6755 {
|
|
|
6756 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
|
|
|
6757 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
6758 if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
|
|
|
6759 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
|
|
|
6760 else
|
|
|
6761 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6762 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6763 if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6764 gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6765 if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6766 gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6767 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6768 if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6769 gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
|
|
|
6770 # endif
|
|
|
6771 do_colors = TRUE;
|
|
|
6772 # endif
|
|
|
6773 }
|
|
|
6774 }
|
|
|
6775 #endif
|
|
|
6776 }
|
|
|
6777 else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
|
|
|
6778 {
|
|
|
6779 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
6780 char_u *tname;
|
|
|
6781
|
|
|
6782 if (!init)
|
|
|
6783 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
|
|
|
6784
|
|
|
6785 /*
|
|
|
6786 * The "start" and "stop" arguments can be a literal escape
|
|
|
6787 * sequence, or a comma seperated list of terminal codes.
|
|
|
6788 */
|
|
|
6789 if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
6790 {
|
|
|
6791 off = 0;
|
|
|
6792 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6793 while (arg[off] != NUL)
|
|
|
6794 {
|
|
|
6795 /* Isolate one termcap name */
|
|
|
6796 for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
|
|
|
6797 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
|
|
|
6798 ;
|
|
|
6799 tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
|
|
|
6800 if (tname == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6801 {
|
|
|
6802 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6803 break;
|
|
|
6804 }
|
|
|
6805 /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
|
|
|
6806 p = get_term_code(tname);
|
|
|
6807 vim_free(tname);
|
|
|
6808 if (p == NULL) /* ignore non-existing things */
|
|
|
6809 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
6810
|
|
|
6811 /* Append it to the already found stuff */
|
|
|
6812 if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
|
|
|
6813 {
|
|
|
6814 EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
|
|
|
6815 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6816 break;
|
|
|
6817 }
|
|
|
6818 STRCAT(buf, p);
|
|
|
6819
|
|
|
6820 /* Advance to the next item */
|
|
|
6821 off += len;
|
|
|
6822 if (arg[off] == ',') /* another one follows */
|
|
|
6823 ++off;
|
|
|
6824 }
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826 else
|
|
|
6827 {
|
|
|
6828 /*
|
|
|
6829 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
|
|
|
6830 */
|
|
|
6831 for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
|
|
|
6832 {
|
|
|
6833 len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
|
|
|
6834 if (len) /* recognized special char */
|
|
|
6835 off += len;
|
|
|
6836 else /* copy as normal char */
|
|
|
6837 buf[off++] = *p++;
|
|
|
6838 }
|
|
|
6839 buf[off] = NUL;
|
|
|
6840 }
|
|
|
6841 if (error)
|
|
|
6842 break;
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0) /* resetting the value */
|
|
|
6845 p = NULL;
|
|
|
6846 else
|
|
|
6847 p = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
|
6848 if (key[2] == 'A')
|
|
|
6849 {
|
|
|
6850 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
6851 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
|
|
|
6852 }
|
|
|
6853 else
|
|
|
6854 {
|
|
|
6855 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
6856 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
|
|
|
6857 }
|
|
|
6858 }
|
|
|
6859 else
|
|
|
6860 {
|
|
|
6861 EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
|
|
|
6862 error = TRUE;
|
|
|
6863 break;
|
|
|
6864 }
|
|
|
6865
|
|
|
6866 /*
|
|
|
6867 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
|
|
|
6868 */
|
|
|
6869 if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
|
|
|
6870 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
6871
|
|
|
6872 /*
|
|
|
6873 * Continue with next argument.
|
|
|
6874 */
|
|
|
6875 linep = skipwhite(linep);
|
|
|
6876 }
|
|
|
6877
|
|
|
6878 /*
|
|
|
6879 * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
|
|
|
6880 */
|
|
|
6881 if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
6882 syn_unadd_group();
|
|
|
6883 else
|
|
|
6884 {
|
|
|
6885 if (is_normal_group)
|
|
|
6886 {
|
|
|
6887 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
6888 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
6889 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6890 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
6891 /*
|
|
|
6892 * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
|
|
|
6893 * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
|
|
|
6894 */
|
|
|
6895 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6896 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
6897 #endif
|
|
|
6898 }
|
|
|
6899 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
6900 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
6901 else if (is_menu_group)
|
|
|
6902 {
|
|
|
6903 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
6904 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
6905 }
|
|
|
6906 # endif
|
|
|
6907 else if (is_scrollbar_group)
|
|
|
6908 {
|
|
|
6909 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
6910 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
6911 }
|
|
|
6912 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
6913 else if (is_tooltip_group)
|
|
|
6914 {
|
|
|
6915 if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
|
|
|
6916 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
6917 }
|
|
|
6918 # endif
|
|
|
6919 #endif
|
|
|
6920 else
|
|
|
6921 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
6922 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
6923 }
|
|
|
6924 vim_free(key);
|
|
|
6925 vim_free(arg);
|
|
|
6926
|
|
|
6927 /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
|
|
|
6928 need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
6929 }
|
|
|
6930
|
|
|
6931 /*
|
|
|
6932 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
|
|
|
6933 * possible. Otherwise reset them to zero.
|
|
|
6934 */
|
|
|
6935 void
|
|
|
6936 restore_cterm_colors()
|
|
|
6937 {
|
|
|
6938 #if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
|
|
|
6939 /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
|
|
|
6940 * wants to use this as default colors. Need to reset default
|
|
|
6941 * background/foreground colors. */
|
|
|
6942 mch_set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
6943 #else
|
|
|
6944 cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
|
|
|
6945 cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
|
|
|
6946 cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
|
|
|
6947 #endif
|
|
|
6948 }
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 /*
|
|
|
6951 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
|
|
|
6952 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
|
|
|
6953 */
|
|
|
6954 static int
|
|
|
6955 hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
|
|
|
6956 int idx;
|
|
|
6957 int check_link;
|
|
|
6958 {
|
|
|
6959 return ( HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
|
|
|
6960 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
|
|
|
6961 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6962 || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
|
|
|
6963 #endif
|
|
|
6964 || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
|
|
|
6965 }
|
|
|
6966
|
|
|
6967 /*
|
|
|
6968 * Clear highlighting for one group.
|
|
|
6969 */
|
|
|
6970 static void
|
|
|
6971 highlight_clear(idx)
|
|
|
6972 int idx;
|
|
|
6973 {
|
|
|
6974 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
|
|
|
6975 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
|
|
|
6976 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
|
|
|
6977 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
|
|
|
6978 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
|
|
|
6979 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
|
|
|
6980 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
|
|
|
6981 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
6982 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
|
|
|
6983 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
|
|
|
6984 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
|
|
|
6985 #ifdef FEAT_GUI /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
|
|
|
6986 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
|
|
|
6987 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
6988 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
6989 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6990 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
6991 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
6992 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
|
|
|
6993 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
6994 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
6995 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
6996 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
6997 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
6998 # endif
|
|
|
6999 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7000 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
|
|
|
7001 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
|
|
|
7002 #endif
|
|
|
7003 }
|
|
|
7004
|
|
|
7005 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7006 /*
|
|
|
7007 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
|
|
|
7008 * highlighighting group. For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
|
|
|
7009 * "Tooltip" colors.
|
|
|
7010 */
|
|
|
7011 void
|
|
|
7012 set_normal_colors()
|
|
|
7013 {
|
|
|
7014 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
|
|
|
7015 &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel, FALSE, TRUE,
|
|
|
7016 FALSE))
|
|
|
7017 {
|
|
|
7018 gui_mch_new_colors();
|
|
|
7019 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7020 }
|
|
|
7021 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
|
|
|
7022 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
|
|
|
7023 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
|
7024 FALSE))
|
|
|
7025 {
|
|
|
7026 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
7027 gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
|
|
|
7028 # endif
|
|
|
7029 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7030 }
|
|
|
7031 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7032 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
|
|
|
7033 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
|
|
|
7034 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
|
|
|
7035 {
|
|
|
7036 # ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
|
7037 gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
|
|
|
7038 # endif
|
|
|
7039 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7040 }
|
|
|
7041 #endif
|
|
|
7042 if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
|
|
|
7043 &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel, FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
|
7044 FALSE))
|
|
|
7045 {
|
|
|
7046 gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
|
|
|
7047 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7048 }
|
|
|
7049 #endif
|
|
|
7050 }
|
|
|
7051
|
|
|
7052 /*
|
|
|
7053 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
|
|
|
7054 */
|
|
|
7055 static int
|
|
|
7056 set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7057 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7058 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
7059 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
7060 int do_menu;
|
|
|
7061 int use_norm;
|
|
|
7062 int do_tooltip;
|
|
|
7063 {
|
|
|
7064 int idx;
|
|
|
7065
|
|
|
7066 idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
|
|
|
7067 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
7068 {
|
|
|
7069 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);
|
|
|
7070
|
|
|
7071 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7072 *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7073 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7074 *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7075 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7076 *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7077 else if (use_norm)
|
|
|
7078 *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
|
|
|
7079 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7082 }
|
|
|
7083
|
|
|
7084 /*
|
|
|
7085 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
|
|
|
7086 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
|
|
|
7087 */
|
|
|
7088 char_u *
|
|
|
7089 hl_get_font_name()
|
|
|
7090 {
|
|
|
7091 int id;
|
|
|
7092 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7093
|
|
|
7094 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7095 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7096 {
|
|
|
7097 s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
|
|
|
7098 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
7099 return s;
|
|
|
7100 }
|
|
|
7101 return (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
7102 }
|
|
|
7103
|
|
|
7104 /*
|
|
|
7105 * Set font for "Normal" group. Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
|
|
|
7106 * actually chosen to be used.
|
|
|
7107 */
|
|
|
7108 void
|
|
|
7109 hl_set_font_name(font_name)
|
|
|
7110 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
7111 {
|
|
|
7112 int id;
|
|
|
7113
|
|
|
7114 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7115 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7116 {
|
|
|
7117 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
|
|
|
7118 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
|
|
|
7119 }
|
|
|
7120 }
|
|
|
7121
|
|
|
7122 /*
|
|
|
7123 * Set background color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_bg_color()
|
|
|
7124 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7125 */
|
|
|
7126 void
|
|
|
7127 hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7128 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7129 {
|
|
|
7130 int id;
|
|
|
7131
|
|
|
7132 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7133 {
|
|
|
7134 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7135 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7136 {
|
|
|
7137 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7138 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
|
|
|
7139 }
|
|
|
7140 }
|
|
|
7141 }
|
|
|
7142
|
|
|
7143 /*
|
|
|
7144 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group. Called by gui_set_fg_color()
|
|
|
7145 * when the color is known.
|
|
|
7146 */
|
|
|
7147 void
|
|
|
7148 hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
|
|
|
7149 char_u *name; /* must have been allocated */
|
|
|
7150 {
|
|
|
7151 int id;
|
|
|
7152
|
|
|
7153 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7154 {
|
|
|
7155 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
|
|
|
7156 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
7157 {
|
|
|
7158 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7159 HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
|
|
|
7160 }
|
|
|
7161 }
|
|
|
7162 }
|
|
|
7163
|
|
|
7164 /*
|
|
|
7165 * Return the handle for a color name.
|
|
|
7166 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
7167 */
|
|
|
7168 static guicolor_T
|
|
|
7169 color_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7170 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7171 {
|
|
|
7172 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7173 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7174
|
|
|
7175 if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
|
|
|
7176 return gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
7177 if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
|
|
|
7178 return gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
7179
|
|
|
7180 return gui_get_color(name);
|
|
|
7181 }
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 /*
|
|
|
7184 * Return the handle for a font name.
|
|
|
7185 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
|
|
|
7186 */
|
|
|
7187 static GuiFont
|
|
|
7188 font_name2handle(name)
|
|
|
7189 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7190 {
|
|
|
7191 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7192 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
|
|
|
7195 }
|
|
|
7196
|
|
|
7197 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7198 /*
|
|
|
7199 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
|
|
|
7200 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
|
|
|
7201 */
|
|
|
7202 static GuiFontset
|
|
|
7203 fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
|
|
|
7204 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7205 int fixed_width;
|
|
|
7206 {
|
|
|
7207 if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
|
|
|
7208 return NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
7209
|
|
|
7210 return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
|
|
|
7211 }
|
|
|
7212 # endif
|
|
|
7213
|
|
|
7214 /*
|
|
|
7215 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
|
|
|
7216 */
|
|
|
7217 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
7218 static void
|
|
|
7219 hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7220 int idx;
|
|
|
7221 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
7222 int do_normal; /* set normal font */
|
|
|
7223 int do_menu; /* set menu font */
|
|
|
7224 int do_tooltip; /* set tooltip font */
|
|
|
7225 {
|
|
|
7226 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7227 /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
|
|
|
7228 * fontset. If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
|
|
|
7229 if (*p_guifontset != NUL
|
|
|
7230 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7231 || do_menu
|
|
|
7232 # endif
|
|
|
7233 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7234 /* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
|
|
|
7235 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7236 # endif
|
|
|
7237 )
|
|
|
7238 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
|
|
|
7239 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7240 || do_menu
|
|
|
7241 # endif
|
|
|
7242 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
|
|
|
7243 || do_tooltip
|
|
|
7244 # endif
|
|
|
7245 );
|
|
|
7246 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
|
|
|
7247 {
|
|
|
7248 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7249 * normal fontset. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7250 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7251 gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
|
|
|
7252 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7253 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7254 {
|
|
|
7255 # ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7256 gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7257 # else
|
|
|
7258 /* YIKES! This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
|
|
|
7259 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7260 # endif
|
|
|
7261 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7262 }
|
|
|
7263 # ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
|
|
|
7264 if (do_tooltip)
|
|
|
7265 {
|
|
|
7266 /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
|
|
|
7267 * displaying a single font and a fontset.
|
|
|
7268 * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
|
|
|
7269 * creation, then a fontset is always used, othwise an
|
|
|
7270 * XFontStruct is used.
|
|
|
7271 */
|
|
|
7272 gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7273 gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
|
|
|
7274 }
|
|
|
7275 # endif
|
|
|
7276 # endif
|
|
|
7277 }
|
|
|
7278 else
|
|
|
7279 # endif
|
|
|
7280 {
|
|
|
7281 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
|
|
|
7282 /* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
|
|
|
7283 * normal font. Same for the Menu group. */
|
|
|
7284 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
|
|
|
7285 {
|
|
|
7286 if (do_normal)
|
|
|
7287 gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
|
|
|
7288 #ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
|
|
|
7289 # if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
|
7290 if (do_menu)
|
|
|
7291 {
|
|
|
7292 gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
|
|
|
7293 gui_mch_new_menu_font();
|
|
|
7294 }
|
|
|
7295 # endif
|
|
|
7296 #endif
|
|
|
7297 }
|
|
|
7298 }
|
|
|
7299 }
|
|
|
7300
|
|
|
7301 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7302
|
|
|
7303 /*
|
|
|
7304 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
|
|
|
7305 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers. This is required because the
|
|
|
7306 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
|
|
|
7307 */
|
|
|
7308 garray_T term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7309
|
|
|
7310 #define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7311
|
|
|
7312 garray_T cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7313
|
|
|
7314 #define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7315
|
|
|
7316 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7317 garray_T gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
|
|
|
7318
|
|
|
7319 #define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
|
|
|
7320 #endif
|
|
|
7321
|
|
|
7322 /*
|
|
|
7323 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
|
|
|
7324 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7325 * if the combination is new.
|
|
|
7326 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
|
|
|
7327 */
|
|
|
7328 static int
|
|
|
7329 get_attr_entry(table, aep)
|
|
|
7330 garray_T *table;
|
|
|
7331 attrentry_T *aep;
|
|
|
7332 {
|
|
|
7333 int i;
|
|
|
7334 attrentry_T *gap;
|
|
|
7335 static int recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7336
|
|
|
7337 /*
|
|
|
7338 * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
|
|
|
7339 */
|
|
|
7340 table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
|
|
|
7341 table->ga_growsize = 7;
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 /*
|
|
|
7344 * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
|
|
|
7345 */
|
|
|
7346 for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7347 {
|
|
|
7348 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
7349 if ( aep->ae_attr == gap->ae_attr
|
|
|
7350 && (
|
|
|
7351 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7352 (table == &gui_attr_table
|
|
|
7353 && (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color
|
|
|
7354 && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color == gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color
|
|
|
7355 && aep->ae_u.gui.font == gap->ae_u.gui.font
|
|
|
7356 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7357 && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == gap->ae_u.gui.fontset
|
|
|
7358 # endif
|
|
|
7359 ))
|
|
|
7360 ||
|
|
|
7361 #endif
|
|
|
7362 (table == &term_attr_table
|
|
|
7363 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL) ==
|
|
|
7364 (gap->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7365 && (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
|
|
|
7366 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
|
|
|
7367 gap->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
|
|
|
7368 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL) ==
|
|
|
7369 (gap->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7370 && (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
|
|
|
7371 || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
|
|
|
7372 gap->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
|
|
|
7373 || (table == &cterm_attr_table
|
|
|
7374 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
|
|
|
7375 && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color == gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
|
|
|
7376 ))
|
|
|
7377
|
|
|
7378 return i + ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7379 }
|
|
|
7380
|
|
|
7381 if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF == 256)
|
|
|
7382 {
|
|
|
7383 /*
|
|
|
7384 * Running out of attribute entries! remove all attributes, and
|
|
|
7385 * compute new ones for all groups.
|
|
|
7386 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
|
|
|
7387 */
|
|
|
7388 if (recursive)
|
|
|
7389 {
|
|
|
7390 EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
|
|
|
7391 return 0;
|
|
|
7392 }
|
|
|
7393 recursive = TRUE;
|
|
|
7394
|
|
|
7395 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7396 ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
|
|
|
7397 #endif
|
|
|
7398 ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
|
|
|
7399 ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
|
|
|
7400 must_redraw = CLEAR;
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402 for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7403 set_hl_attr(i);
|
|
|
7404
|
|
|
7405 recursive = FALSE;
|
|
|
7406 }
|
|
|
7407
|
|
|
7408 /*
|
|
|
7409 * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
|
|
|
7410 */
|
|
|
7411 if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7412 return 0;
|
|
|
7413
|
|
|
7414 gap = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
|
|
|
7415 vim_memset(gap, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
|
|
|
7416 gap->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
|
|
|
7417 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7418 if (table == &gui_attr_table)
|
|
|
7419 {
|
|
|
7420 gap->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
|
|
|
7421 gap->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
|
|
|
7422 gap->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
|
|
|
7423 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7424 gap->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
|
|
|
7425 # endif
|
|
|
7426 }
|
|
|
7427 #endif
|
|
|
7428 if (table == &term_attr_table)
|
|
|
7429 {
|
|
|
7430 if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
|
|
|
7431 gap->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
|
|
|
7432 else
|
|
|
7433 gap->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
|
|
|
7434 if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7435 gap->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
|
|
|
7436 else
|
|
|
7437 gap->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
|
|
|
7438 }
|
|
|
7439 else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
|
|
|
7440 {
|
|
|
7441 gap->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
|
|
|
7442 gap->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
|
|
|
7443 }
|
|
|
7444 ++table->ga_len;
|
|
|
7445 --table->ga_room;
|
|
|
7446 return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
|
|
|
7447 }
|
|
|
7448
|
|
|
7449 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7450
|
|
|
7451 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7452 syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7453 int attr;
|
|
|
7454 {
|
|
|
7455 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7456 if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7457 return NULL;
|
|
|
7458 return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7459 }
|
|
|
7460
|
|
|
7461 #endif /* FEAT_GUI */
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7464 syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7465 int attr;
|
|
|
7466 {
|
|
|
7467 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7468 if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7469 return NULL;
|
|
|
7470 return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7471 }
|
|
|
7472
|
|
|
7473 attrentry_T *
|
|
|
7474 syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
|
|
|
7475 int attr;
|
|
|
7476 {
|
|
|
7477 attr -= ATTR_OFF;
|
|
|
7478 if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len) /* did ":syntax clear" */
|
|
|
7479 return NULL;
|
|
|
7480 return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
|
|
|
7481 }
|
|
|
7482
|
|
|
7483 #define LIST_ATTR 1
|
|
|
7484 #define LIST_STRING 2
|
|
|
7485 #define LIST_INT 3
|
|
|
7486
|
|
|
7487 static void
|
|
|
7488 highlight_list_one(id)
|
|
|
7489 int id;
|
|
|
7490 {
|
|
|
7491 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
7492 int didh = FALSE;
|
|
|
7493
|
|
|
7494 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
7495
|
|
|
7496 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7497 sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
|
|
|
7498 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7499 0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
|
|
|
7500 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7501 0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");
|
|
|
7502
|
|
|
7503 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7504 sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
|
|
|
7505 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7506 sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
|
|
|
7507 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
|
|
|
7508 sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");
|
|
|
7509
|
|
|
7510 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7511 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
|
|
|
7512 sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
|
|
|
7513 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7514 0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
|
|
|
7515 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7516 0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
|
|
|
7517 didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
|
|
|
7518 0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
|
|
|
7519 #endif
|
|
|
7520
|
|
|
7521 if (sgp->sg_link)
|
|
|
7522 {
|
|
|
7523 (void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
|
|
|
7524 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7525 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7526 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7527 }
|
|
|
7528 }
|
|
|
7529
|
|
|
7530 static int
|
|
|
7531 highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
|
|
|
7532 int id;
|
|
|
7533 int didh;
|
|
|
7534 int type;
|
|
|
7535 int iarg;
|
|
|
7536 char_u *sarg;
|
|
|
7537 char *name;
|
|
|
7538 {
|
|
|
7539 char_u buf[100];
|
|
|
7540 char_u *ts;
|
|
|
7541 int i;
|
|
|
7542
|
|
|
7543 if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
|
|
|
7544 {
|
|
|
7545 ts = buf;
|
|
|
7546 if (type == LIST_INT)
|
|
|
7547 sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
|
|
|
7548 else if (type == LIST_STRING)
|
|
|
7549 ts = sarg;
|
|
|
7550 else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
|
|
|
7551 {
|
|
|
7552 buf[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
7553 for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
|
|
|
7554 {
|
|
|
7555 if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
|
|
|
7556 {
|
|
|
7557 if (buf[0] != NUL)
|
|
|
7558 STRCAT(buf, ",");
|
|
|
7559 STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
|
|
|
7560 iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i]; /* don't want "inverse" */
|
|
|
7561 }
|
|
|
7562 }
|
|
|
7563 }
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 (void)syn_list_header(didh,
|
|
|
7566 (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
|
|
|
7567 didh = TRUE;
|
|
|
7568
|
|
|
7569 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7570 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
7571 msg_outtrans(ts);
|
|
|
7572 }
|
|
|
7573 return didh;
|
|
|
7574 }
|
|
|
7575
|
|
|
7576 #if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7577 /*
|
|
|
7578 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
|
|
|
7579 * Return NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
7580 */
|
|
|
7581 char_u *
|
|
|
7582 highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
|
|
|
7583 int id;
|
|
|
7584 int flag;
|
|
|
7585 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7586 {
|
|
|
7587 int attr;
|
|
|
7588
|
|
|
7589 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7590 return NULL;
|
|
|
7591
|
|
|
7592 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7593 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7594 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
7595 else
|
|
|
7596 #endif
|
|
|
7597 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7598 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7599 else
|
|
|
7600 attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
7601
|
|
|
7602 if (attr & flag)
|
|
|
7603 return (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
7604 return NULL;
|
|
|
7605 }
|
|
|
7606 #endif
|
|
|
7607
|
|
|
7608 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7609 /*
|
|
|
7610 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
|
|
|
7611 */
|
|
|
7612 char_u *
|
|
|
7613 highlight_color(id, what, modec)
|
|
|
7614 int id;
|
|
|
7615 char_u *what; /* "fg", "bg", "fg#" or "bg#" */
|
|
|
7616 int modec; /* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
|
|
|
7617 {
|
|
|
7618 static char_u name[20];
|
|
|
7619 int n;
|
|
|
7620 int fg;
|
|
|
7621
|
|
|
7622 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7623 return NULL;
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f')
|
|
|
7626 fg = TRUE;
|
|
|
7627 else
|
|
|
7628 fg = FALSE;
|
|
|
7629 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7630 if (modec == 'g')
|
|
|
7631 {
|
|
|
7632 /* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
|
|
|
7633 if (gui.in_use && what[1] && what[2] == '#')
|
|
|
7634 {
|
|
|
7635 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7636 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
7637 static char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
7638
|
|
|
7639 if (fg)
|
|
|
7640 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7641 else
|
|
|
7642 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7643 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7644 return NULL;
|
|
|
7645 rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
7646 sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
|
|
|
7647 (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
|
|
|
7648 (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
|
|
|
7649 (unsigned)rgb & 255);
|
|
|
7650 return buf;
|
|
|
7651 }
|
|
|
7652 if (fg)
|
|
|
7653 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
7654 return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
7655 }
|
|
|
7656 #endif
|
|
|
7657 if (modec == 'c')
|
|
|
7658 {
|
|
|
7659 if (fg)
|
|
|
7660 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
|
|
|
7661 else
|
|
|
7662 n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
|
|
|
7663 sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
|
|
|
7664 return name;
|
|
|
7665 }
|
|
|
7666 /* term doesn't have color */
|
|
|
7667 return NULL;
|
|
|
7668 }
|
|
|
7669 #endif
|
|
|
7670
|
|
|
7671 #if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
|
|
|
7672 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7673 /*
|
|
|
7674 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
|
|
|
7675 */
|
|
|
7676 long_u
|
|
|
7677 highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
|
|
|
7678 int id;
|
|
|
7679 int fg; /* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
|
|
|
7680 {
|
|
|
7681 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
7682
|
|
|
7683 if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
7684 return 0L;
|
|
|
7685
|
|
|
7686 if (fg)
|
|
|
7687 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7688 else
|
|
|
7689 color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7690
|
|
|
7691 if (color == INVALCOLOR)
|
|
|
7692 return 0L;
|
|
|
7693
|
|
|
7694 return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
|
|
|
7695 }
|
|
|
7696 #endif
|
|
|
7697
|
|
|
7698 /*
|
|
|
7699 * Output the syntax list header.
|
|
|
7700 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
|
|
|
7701 */
|
|
|
7702 static int
|
|
|
7703 syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
|
|
|
7704 int did_header; /* did header already */
|
|
|
7705 int outlen; /* length of string that comes */
|
|
|
7706 int id; /* highlight group id */
|
|
|
7707 {
|
|
|
7708 int endcol = 19;
|
|
|
7709 int newline = TRUE;
|
|
|
7710
|
|
|
7711 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
7712 {
|
|
|
7713 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
7714 msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
|
|
|
7715 endcol = 15;
|
|
|
7716 }
|
|
|
7717 else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
|
|
|
7718 msg_putchar('\n');
|
|
|
7719 else
|
|
|
7720 {
|
|
|
7721 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* wrap around is like starting a new line */
|
|
|
7722 newline = FALSE;
|
|
|
7723 }
|
|
|
7724
|
|
|
7725 if (msg_col >= endcol) /* output at least one space */
|
|
|
7726 endcol = msg_col + 1;
|
|
|
7727 if (Columns <= endcol) /* avoid hang for tiny window */
|
|
|
7728 endcol = Columns - 1;
|
|
|
7729
|
|
|
7730 msg_advance(endcol);
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
|
|
|
7733 if (!did_header)
|
|
|
7734 {
|
|
|
7735 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
|
|
|
7736 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
7737 }
|
|
|
7738
|
|
|
7739 return newline;
|
|
|
7740 }
|
|
|
7741
|
|
|
7742 /*
|
|
|
7743 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
|
|
|
7744 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
|
|
|
7745 */
|
|
|
7746 static void
|
|
|
7747 set_hl_attr(idx)
|
|
|
7748 int idx; /* index in array */
|
|
|
7749 {
|
|
|
7750 attrentry_T at_en;
|
|
|
7751 struct hl_group *sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;
|
|
|
7752
|
|
|
7753 /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
|
|
|
7754 if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
|
|
|
7755 return;
|
|
|
7756
|
|
|
7757 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7758 /*
|
|
|
7759 * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
7760 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
7761 */
|
|
|
7762 if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
7763 && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
|
|
|
7764 && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
|
|
|
7765 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7766 && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
|
|
|
7767 # endif
|
|
|
7768 )
|
|
|
7769 {
|
|
|
7770 sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
7771 }
|
|
|
7772 else
|
|
|
7773 {
|
|
|
7774 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
7775 at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
7776 at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
7777 at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
|
|
|
7778 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
7779 at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
|
|
|
7780 # endif
|
|
|
7781 sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
7782 }
|
|
|
7783 #endif
|
|
|
7784 /*
|
|
|
7785 * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
|
|
|
7786 * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
7787 */
|
|
|
7788 if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
|
|
|
7789 sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
7790 else
|
|
|
7791 {
|
|
|
7792 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
|
|
|
7793 at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
|
|
|
7794 at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
|
|
|
7795 sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
7796 }
|
|
|
7797
|
|
|
7798 /*
|
|
|
7799 * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
|
|
|
7800 * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
|
|
|
7801 */
|
|
|
7802 if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
|
|
|
7803 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7804 else
|
|
|
7805 {
|
|
|
7806 at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
|
|
|
7807 at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
7808 at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
7809 sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
|
|
|
7810 }
|
|
|
7811 }
|
|
|
7812
|
|
|
7813 /*
|
|
|
7814 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
|
|
|
7815 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
|
|
|
7816 */
|
|
|
7817 int
|
|
|
7818 syn_name2id(name)
|
|
|
7819 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7820 {
|
|
|
7821 int i;
|
|
|
7822 char_u name_u[200];
|
|
|
7823
|
|
|
7824 /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
|
|
|
7825 /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too. ID names over 200 chars
|
|
|
7826 * don't deserve to be found! */
|
|
|
7827 STRNCPY(name_u, name, 199);
|
|
|
7828 name_u[199] = NUL;
|
|
|
7829 vim_strup(name_u);
|
|
|
7830 for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
7831 if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
|
|
|
7832 && STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
|
|
|
7833 break;
|
|
|
7834 return i + 1;
|
|
|
7835 }
|
|
|
7836
|
|
|
7837 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7838 /*
|
|
|
7839 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
|
|
|
7840 */
|
|
|
7841 int
|
|
|
7842 highlight_exists(name)
|
|
|
7843 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
|
|
|
7846 }
|
|
|
7847 #endif
|
|
|
7848
|
|
|
7849 /*
|
|
|
7850 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
|
|
|
7851 */
|
|
|
7852 int
|
|
|
7853 syn_namen2id(linep, len)
|
|
|
7854 char_u *linep;
|
|
|
7855 int len;
|
|
|
7856 {
|
|
|
7857 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7858 int id = 0;
|
|
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
|
|
|
7861 if (name != NULL)
|
|
|
7862 {
|
|
|
7863 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
7864 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
7865 }
|
|
|
7866 return id;
|
|
|
7867 }
|
|
|
7868
|
|
|
7869 /*
|
|
|
7870 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
|
|
|
7871 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
|
|
|
7872 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
|
|
|
7873 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
7874 */
|
|
|
7875 int
|
|
|
7876 syn_check_group(pp, len)
|
|
|
7877 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
7878 int len;
|
|
|
7879 {
|
|
|
7880 int id;
|
|
|
7881 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7882
|
|
|
7883 name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
|
|
|
7884 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
7885 return 0;
|
|
|
7886
|
|
|
7887 id = syn_name2id(name);
|
|
|
7888 if (id == 0) /* doesn't exist yet */
|
|
|
7889 id = syn_add_group(name);
|
|
|
7890 else
|
|
|
7891 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
7892 return id;
|
|
|
7893 }
|
|
|
7894
|
|
|
7895 /*
|
|
|
7896 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
|
|
|
7897 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
|
|
|
7898 * Return 0 for failure.
|
|
|
7899 */
|
|
|
7900 static int
|
|
|
7901 syn_add_group(name)
|
|
|
7902 char_u *name;
|
|
|
7903 {
|
|
|
7904 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7905
|
|
|
7906 /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
|
|
|
7907 for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
|
7908 {
|
|
|
7909 if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
|
|
|
7910 {
|
|
|
7911 EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
|
|
|
7912 return 0;
|
|
|
7913 }
|
|
|
7914 else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
|
|
|
7915 {
|
|
|
7916 /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
|
|
|
7917 * give a warning. */
|
|
|
7918 MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
|
|
|
7919 break;
|
|
|
7920 }
|
|
|
7921 }
|
|
|
7922
|
|
|
7923 /*
|
|
|
7924 * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
|
|
|
7925 */
|
|
|
7926 if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
7927 {
|
|
|
7928 highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
|
|
|
7929 highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
|
|
|
7930 }
|
|
|
7931
|
|
|
7932 /*
|
|
|
7933 * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
|
|
|
7934 */
|
|
|
7935 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7936 {
|
|
|
7937 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
7938 return 0;
|
|
|
7939 }
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
7942 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
|
|
|
7943 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
|
|
|
7944 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7945 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7946 HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
7947 #endif
|
|
|
7948 ++highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
7949 --highlight_ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
7950
|
|
|
7951 return highlight_ga.ga_len; /* ID is index plus one */
|
|
|
7952 }
|
|
|
7953
|
|
|
7954 /*
|
|
|
7955 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
|
|
|
7956 * function deletes the new name.
|
|
|
7957 */
|
|
|
7958 static void
|
|
|
7959 syn_unadd_group()
|
|
|
7960 {
|
|
|
7961 --highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
7962 ++highlight_ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
7963 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
|
|
|
7964 vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
|
|
|
7965 }
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 /*
|
|
|
7968 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
|
|
|
7969 */
|
|
|
7970 int
|
|
|
7971 syn_id2attr(hl_id)
|
|
|
7972 int hl_id;
|
|
|
7973 {
|
|
|
7974 int attr;
|
|
|
7975 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
7976
|
|
|
7977 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
7978 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
7979
|
|
|
7980 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7981 /*
|
|
|
7982 * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
|
|
|
7983 */
|
|
|
7984 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7985 attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
|
|
|
7986 else
|
|
|
7987 #endif
|
|
|
7988 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
7989 attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
|
|
|
7990 else
|
|
|
7991 attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;
|
|
|
7992
|
|
|
7993 return attr;
|
|
|
7994 }
|
|
|
7995
|
|
|
7996 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7997 /*
|
|
|
7998 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
|
|
|
7999 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
|
|
|
8000 */
|
|
|
8001 int
|
|
|
8002 syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
|
|
|
8003 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8004 guicolor_T *fgp;
|
|
|
8005 guicolor_T *bgp;
|
|
|
8006 {
|
|
|
8007 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8008
|
|
|
8009 hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
|
|
|
8010 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8011
|
|
|
8012 *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8013 *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8014 return sgp->sg_gui;
|
|
|
8015 }
|
|
|
8016 #endif
|
|
|
8017
|
|
|
8018 /*
|
|
|
8019 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
|
|
|
8020 */
|
|
|
8021 int
|
|
|
8022 syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
|
|
|
8023 int hl_id;
|
|
|
8024 {
|
|
|
8025 int count;
|
|
|
8026 struct hl_group *sgp;
|
|
|
8027
|
|
|
8028 if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
|
|
|
8029 return 0; /* Can be called from eval!! */
|
|
|
8030
|
|
|
8031 /*
|
|
|
8032 * Follow links until there is no more.
|
|
|
8033 * Look out for loops! Break after 100 links.
|
|
|
8034 */
|
|
|
8035 for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
|
|
|
8036 {
|
|
|
8037 sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1]; /* index is ID minus one */
|
|
|
8038 if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8039 break;
|
|
|
8040 hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
|
|
|
8041 }
|
|
|
8042
|
|
|
8043 return hl_id;
|
|
|
8044 }
|
|
|
8045
|
|
|
8046 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8047 /*
|
|
|
8048 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
|
|
|
8049 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
|
|
|
8050 */
|
|
|
8051 void
|
|
|
8052 highlight_gui_started()
|
|
|
8053 {
|
|
|
8054 int idx;
|
|
|
8055
|
|
|
8056 /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
|
|
|
8057 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
8058
|
|
|
8059 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8060 gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8061
|
|
|
8062 highlight_changed();
|
|
|
8063 }
|
|
|
8064
|
|
|
8065 static void
|
|
|
8066 gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
|
|
|
8067 int idx;
|
|
|
8068 int do_menu; /* TRUE: might set the menu font */
|
|
|
8069 int do_tooltip; /* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
|
|
|
8070 {
|
|
|
8071 int didit = FALSE;
|
|
|
8072
|
|
|
8073 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8074 {
|
|
|
8075 hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
|
|
|
8076 do_tooltip);
|
|
|
8077 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8078 }
|
|
|
8079 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8080 {
|
|
|
8081 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
|
|
|
8082 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
|
|
|
8083 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8084 }
|
|
|
8085 if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
8086 {
|
|
|
8087 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
|
|
|
8088 color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
|
|
|
8089 didit = TRUE;
|
|
|
8090 }
|
|
|
8091 if (didit) /* need to get a new attr number */
|
|
|
8092 set_hl_attr(idx);
|
|
|
8093 }
|
|
|
8094
|
|
|
8095 #endif
|
|
|
8096
|
|
|
8097 /*
|
|
|
8098 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
|
|
|
8099 * set up the user highlights User1..9. If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
|
|
|
8100 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
|
|
|
8101 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
|
|
|
8102 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
|
|
|
8103 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'. OK otherwise.
|
|
|
8104 */
|
|
|
8105 int
|
|
|
8106 highlight_changed()
|
|
|
8107 {
|
|
|
8108 int hlf;
|
|
|
8109 int i;
|
|
|
8110 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8111 int attr;
|
|
|
8112 char_u *end;
|
|
|
8113 int id;
|
|
|
8114 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8115 char_u userhl[10];
|
|
|
8116 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8117 int id_SNC = -1;
|
|
|
8118 int id_S = -1;
|
|
|
8119 int hlcnt;
|
|
|
8120 # endif
|
|
|
8121 #endif
|
|
|
8122 static int hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;
|
|
|
8123
|
|
|
8124 need_highlight_changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
8125
|
|
|
8126 /*
|
|
|
8127 * Clear all attributes.
|
|
|
8128 */
|
|
|
8129 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8130 highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;
|
|
|
8131
|
|
|
8132 /*
|
|
|
8133 * First set all attributes to their default value.
|
|
|
8134 * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
|
|
|
8135 */
|
|
|
8136 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
|
|
|
8137 {
|
|
|
8138 if (i)
|
|
|
8139 p = p_hl;
|
|
|
8140 else
|
|
|
8141 p = get_highlight_default();
|
|
|
8142 if (p == NULL) /* just in case */
|
|
|
8143 continue;
|
|
|
8144
|
|
|
8145 while (*p)
|
|
|
8146 {
|
|
|
8147 for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
|
|
|
8148 if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
|
|
|
8149 break;
|
|
|
8150 ++p;
|
|
|
8151 if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
8152 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8153
|
|
|
8154 /*
|
|
|
8155 * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
|
|
|
8156 * bold-underlined.
|
|
|
8157 */
|
|
|
8158 attr = 0;
|
|
|
8159 for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p) /* parse upto comma */
|
|
|
8160 {
|
|
|
8161 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) /* ignore white space */
|
|
|
8162 continue;
|
|
|
8163
|
|
|
8164 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
|
|
|
8165 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8166
|
|
|
8167 switch (*p)
|
|
|
8168 {
|
|
|
8169 case 'b': attr |= HL_BOLD;
|
|
|
8170 break;
|
|
|
8171 case 'i': attr |= HL_ITALIC;
|
|
|
8172 break;
|
|
|
8173 case '-':
|
|
|
8174 case 'n': /* no highlighting */
|
|
|
8175 break;
|
|
|
8176 case 'r': attr |= HL_INVERSE;
|
|
|
8177 break;
|
|
|
8178 case 's': attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
|
|
|
8179 break;
|
|
|
8180 case 'u': attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
|
|
|
8181 break;
|
|
|
8182 case ':': ++p; /* highlight group name */
|
|
|
8183 if (attr || *p == NUL) /* no combinations */
|
|
|
8184 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8185 end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
|
|
|
8186 if (end == NULL)
|
|
|
8187 end = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
8188 id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
|
|
|
8189 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8190 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8191 attr = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8192 p = end - 1;
|
|
|
8193 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
|
|
|
8194 if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
|
|
|
8195 id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8196 else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
|
|
|
8197 id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
8198 #endif
|
|
|
8199 break;
|
|
|
8200 default: return FAIL;
|
|
|
8201 }
|
|
|
8202 }
|
|
|
8203 highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;
|
|
|
8204
|
|
|
8205 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* skip comma and spaces */
|
|
|
8206 }
|
|
|
8207 }
|
|
|
8208
|
|
|
8209 #ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
|
|
|
8210 /* Setup the user highlights
|
|
|
8211 *
|
|
|
8212 * Temporarily utilize 10 more hl entries. Have to be in there
|
|
|
8213 * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
|
|
|
8214 */
|
|
|
8215 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8216 if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8217 return FAIL;
|
|
|
8218 hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
8219 if (id_S == 0)
|
|
|
8220 { /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
|
|
|
8221 memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8222 HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
|
|
|
8223 id_S = hlcnt + 10;
|
|
|
8224 }
|
|
|
8225 # endif
|
|
|
8226 for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
|
|
|
8227 {
|
|
|
8228 sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
|
|
|
8229 id = syn_name2id(userhl);
|
|
|
8230 if (id == 0)
|
|
|
8231 {
|
|
|
8232 highlight_user[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8233 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8234 highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
|
|
|
8235 # endif
|
|
|
8236 }
|
|
|
8237 else
|
|
|
8238 {
|
|
|
8239 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8240 struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
|
|
|
8241 # endif
|
|
|
8242
|
|
|
8243 highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
|
|
|
8244 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8245 if (id_SNC == 0)
|
|
|
8246 {
|
|
|
8247 memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8248 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8249 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8250 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8251 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
|
|
|
8252 # endif
|
|
|
8253 }
|
|
|
8254 else
|
|
|
8255 mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
|
|
|
8256 &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
|
|
|
8257 sizeof(struct hl_group));
|
|
|
8258 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;
|
|
|
8259
|
|
|
8260 /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
|
|
|
8261 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
|
|
|
8262 hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
|
|
|
8263 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
|
|
|
8264 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
|
|
|
8265 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
|
|
|
8266 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
|
|
|
8267 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
|
|
|
8268 hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
|
|
|
8269 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
|
|
|
8270 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
|
|
|
8271 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
|
|
|
8272 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
|
|
|
8273 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8274 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
|
|
|
8275 hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
|
|
|
8276 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
|
|
|
8277 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
|
|
|
8278 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
|
|
|
8279 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
|
|
|
8280 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
|
|
|
8281 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
|
|
|
8282 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8283 if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
|
|
|
8284 hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
|
|
|
8285 # endif
|
|
|
8286 # endif
|
|
|
8287 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
|
|
|
8288 set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i); /* At long last we can apply */
|
|
|
8289 highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
|
|
|
8290 # endif
|
|
|
8291 }
|
|
|
8292 }
|
|
|
8293 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
8294 highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
|
|
|
8295 # endif
|
|
|
8296
|
|
|
8297 #endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */
|
|
|
8298
|
|
|
8299 return OK;
|
|
|
8300 }
|
|
|
8301
|
|
|
8302 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8303
|
|
|
8304 static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
8305 static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));
|
|
|
8306
|
|
|
8307 /*
|
|
|
8308 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
|
|
|
8309 */
|
|
|
8310 void
|
|
|
8311 set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
|
|
|
8312 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8313 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
8314 {
|
|
|
8315 char_u *p;
|
|
|
8316
|
|
|
8317 /* Default: expand group names */
|
|
|
8318 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
|
|
|
8319 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8320 include_link = TRUE;
|
|
|
8321 include_default = TRUE;
|
|
|
8322
|
|
|
8323 /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
|
|
|
8324 if (*arg != NUL)
|
|
|
8325 {
|
|
|
8326 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8327 if (*p != NUL) /* past "default" or group name */
|
|
|
8328 {
|
|
|
8329 include_default = FALSE;
|
|
|
8330 if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8331 {
|
|
|
8332 arg = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8333 xp->xp_pattern = arg;
|
|
|
8334 p = skiptowhite(arg);
|
|
|
8335 }
|
|
|
8336 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name */
|
|
|
8337 {
|
|
|
8338 include_link = FALSE;
|
|
|
8339 if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
|
|
|
8340 highlight_list();
|
|
|
8341 if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
|
|
|
8342 || STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
|
|
|
8343 {
|
|
|
8344 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8345 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8346 if (*p != NUL) /* past first group name */
|
|
|
8347 {
|
|
|
8348 xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
8349 p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
|
|
|
8350 }
|
|
|
8351 }
|
|
|
8352 if (*p != NUL) /* past group name(s) */
|
|
|
8353 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
|
|
|
8354 }
|
|
|
8355 }
|
|
|
8356 }
|
|
|
8357 }
|
|
|
8358
|
|
|
8359 /*
|
|
|
8360 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
|
|
|
8361 */
|
|
|
8362 static void
|
|
|
8363 highlight_list()
|
|
|
8364 {
|
|
|
8365 int i;
|
|
|
8366
|
|
|
8367 for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8368 highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
|
|
|
8369 for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
8370 highlight_list_two(99, 0);
|
|
|
8371 }
|
|
|
8372
|
|
|
8373 static void
|
|
|
8374 highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
|
|
|
8375 int cnt;
|
|
|
8376 int attr;
|
|
|
8377 {
|
|
|
8378 msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b! \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
|
|
|
8379 msg_clr_eos();
|
|
|
8380 out_flush();
|
|
|
8381 ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
|
|
|
8382 }
|
|
|
8383
|
|
|
8384 #endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */
|
|
|
8385
|
|
|
8386 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
|
|
|
8387 || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
8388 /*
|
|
|
8389 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
|
|
|
8390 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
|
|
|
8391 */
|
|
|
8392 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
8393 char_u *
|
|
|
8394 get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
|
|
|
8395 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
8396 int idx;
|
|
|
8397 {
|
|
|
8398 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len
|
|
|
8399 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8400 && include_link
|
|
|
8401 #endif
|
|
|
8402 )
|
|
|
8403 return (char_u *)"link";
|
|
|
8404 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 1
|
|
|
8405 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8406 && include_link
|
|
|
8407 #endif
|
|
|
8408 )
|
|
|
8409 return (char_u *)"clear";
|
|
|
8410 if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + 2
|
|
|
8411 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
8412 && include_default
|
|
|
8413 #endif
|
|
|
8414 )
|
|
|
8415 return (char_u *)"default";
|
|
|
8416 if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
|
|
|
8417 return NULL;
|
|
|
8418 return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
|
|
|
8419 }
|
|
|
8420 #endif
|
|
|
8421
|
|
|
8422 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8423 /*
|
|
|
8424 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
|
|
|
8425 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
|
|
|
8426 */
|
|
|
8427 void
|
|
|
8428 free_highlight_fonts()
|
|
|
8429 {
|
|
|
8430 int idx;
|
|
|
8431
|
|
|
8432 for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
|
|
|
8433 {
|
|
|
8434 gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
|
|
|
8435 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
8436 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8437 gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
|
|
|
8438 HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
|
|
|
8439 # endif
|
|
|
8440 }
|
|
|
8441
|
|
|
8442 gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
|
8443 # ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
|
|
|
8444 gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
|
|
|
8445 # endif
|
|
|
8446 # ifndef HAVE_GTK2
|
|
|
8447 gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
|
8448 gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
|
8449 gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
|
8450 # endif
|
|
|
8451 }
|
|
|
8452 #endif
|
|
|
8453
|
|
|
8454 /**************************************
|
|
|
8455 * End of Highlighting stuff *
|
|
|
8456 **************************************/
|
